Political Science

S.No. III.

Particulars

Page No.

Bridge Course in Mass Communication Paper I Paper II Paper III Principles of Communication .................................................................... 26 Mass Communication Media .................................................................... 27 Applied Mass Communication .................................................................. 27

V.

B.A. (Honours) in Mass Communication First Year Paper 1 Paper II Paper III Paper IV Paper V Second Year Paper VI Paper VII Paper VIII Paper IX Paper X Third Year Paper XI Paper XII Paper XIII Paper XIV Paper XV Reporting and Editing III ....................................................................... 37 Photojournalism ......................................................................................... 38 Design and Graphics ................................................................................ 38 Indian Constitution and Media Law ......................................................... 39 Development Communication ................................................................... 40 Introduction to Audio Visual Media ................................................... 33 Introduction to Mass Communication ...................................................... 29 Reporting and Editing I ......................................................................... 30 Writing for Mass Media ............................................................................ 30 Indian Government and Politics and ....................................................... 31 International Relations Computer Application for Mass Media .................................................... 32

Reporting and Editing II ........................................................................ 34 Advertising ................................................................................................. 34 Public Relations/Corporate Communication ............................................ 35 Economic Development and Planning in India ....................................... 36

Political Science

PREFACE
Recent dramatic developments in all areas of human endeavour have also increasingly impacted various spheres of higher education in India. Besides, advancement in communication profession, strides in higher studies in mass communication have also witnessed profuse transformation in the course contents. The University Grants Commission, therefore, did well in constituting a Curriculum Development Committee in Mass Communication to recast various mass communication programmes for our Universities. Since gone for good is the era of journalism which was mainly crossing the ts and dotting the is, journalism is now a part of larger discipline of mass communication. For, other areas of mass communication, such as radio, television, advertising, public relations, satellite communication and internet have taken over the entire of gamut of human communication. The Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) consisting of senior professors of mass communication from various Universities in its several sittings has finalised mass communication syllabi for B.A. (Hons.), M.A. and Bridge courses. While preparing the course content, the CDC also took note of the UGC workshops organized earlier in different parts of the countr y for this pur pose. However, increased stress has been laid on new communication technology for obvious reasons. In the course content prepared by CDC, every effort has been made to update and upgrade all the present and emerging areas of mass communication. The CDC craves the indulgence of the departments of mass communication and professionals for any lapses. This document is a model curriculum and the departments can adapt it according to their requirements and local conditions. The CDC is indeed highly gratified to the UGC and, particularly, its chairman, the chief moving force, Dr. Hari Gautam, in its sustained help in completing this task which has been accomplished in a rather record brief period. It is earnestly hoped that this document will be of sustained use for the next few years, though revision, updating and upgrading is a continued process.

April 18, 2001

M. R. Dua Nodal Person Curriculum Development Committee In Mass Communication

Political Science

PREFACE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The UGCs project for model curricula is a welcome move and the present one is made on the basis of the past efforts in this direction. In this context the starting point was the Report on Curriculum Development in Political Science coordinated by Prof. A. P. Rana in June 1990 and sponsored by the UGC. The present Chairman Dr. Hari Gautam also gave important guidelines like the need to incorporate Indian achievements and these have been incorporated. The BA Pass Course is provided with two models: (1) with three courses, one for each year and (2) with five courses to be distributed along with other requirements of particular Centres of higher learning. The BA Honours Course is modelled in a yearly pattern with seven compulsory papers and one optional paper out of four choices for the final year. The MA Course is based on a semester system, 1 and 2 for MA Previous and 3 and 4 for MA Final. All the eight papers for MA Previous with 4 + 4 are compulsory papers whereas two courses are compulsory for MA Final to be offered one in each semester. For the rest the choice is 6 out of 8 papers in the major areas of Political Science, i.e., Political Theory, Comparative Politics, Indian Politics, Public Administration and International Relations. The compulsory papers have 10 units and the optional papers have 8 units. This is done to provide rough parity between the different segments of the model curricula. The Committee hopes that this model curriculams in Political Science will be helpful in framing courses in various Universities and autonomous Colleges. In preparing this model curriculams I have incurred many debts. Dr. Hari Gautam, Chairman UGC has been extremely helpful in facilitating the work of the Committee. Dr. Vijay Govind, Secretary, Curriculum Development Committee on Political Science and Public Administration went out of his way to help me and the Committee members and I am indeed extremely thankful to him. The Core Committee Members- Prof. S.J.R. Bilgrami, Prof. Rafeek Ahmed, Prof. R. N. Pal, Prof. M.M. Sankhdher and Prof. Dogra provided valuable assistance and without their painstaking efforts it would have been impossible to undertake a project of this magnitude The final review of the model curricula was done by a committee consisting of Prof. M.M. Sankhdher, Prof. Ramakant, Prof. Chandrakala Padiya and Prof. Subrata Mukherjee, Mr. Rajesh Jha, Lecturer in Political Science, College of Vocational Studies, New Delhi, Dr. P. K. Mishra, Reader in Political Science, Ram Lal Anand College, New Delhi, Dr. Sushila Ramaswamy, Reader in Political Science, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi and Dr. O. P. Sharma, Reader in Political Science, Bhagat Singh College, New Delhi helped me in compiling the bibliography and in preparing the manuscript. Dr. Renu Batra, who succeeded Dr. Vijay Govind as the Secretary of the Curriculum Development, has been equally encouraging and cooperative. However, I am alone responsible for all the shortcomings and lapses.

Prof. Subrata Mukherjee Nodal Person Curriculum Development Committee in Political Science University Grants Commission New Delhi

Political Science

Political Science

B. A. PASS*
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Political Theory Indian Government and Politics Comparative Government and Politics International Relations Public Administration

* For the Universities which offer Three Papers in BA Pass Course, one in each year, the first three are recommended. Five courses are for those universities, which may be offering five courses in BA Pass Political Science

Political Science

POLITICAL THEORY
1ST Year Paper-I

Course Rationale:
This is an introductory paper to the concepts, ideas and theories in political theory. It seeks to explain the evolution and usage of these concepts, ideas and theories with reference to individual thinkers both historically and analytically. The different ideological standpoints with regard to various concepts and theories are to be critically explained with the purpose of highlighting the differences in their perspectives and in order to understand their continuity and change. Furthermore there is a need to emphasize the continuing relevance of these concepts today and explain how an idea and theory of yesteryears gains prominence in contemporary political theory.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Nature and Significance of Political Theory Power and Authority State: Origin and Development State: Dominant Perspectives Sovereignty Citizenship, Rights and Liberty Equality and Justice Democracy Development and Welfare State Theories of Social Change

Readings:
Sir E. Barker, Principles of Social and Political Theory, Calcutta, Oxford University Press, 1976. N. P. Barry, Introduction to Modern Political Theory, London, Macmillan, 1995. S. Benhabib and D. Cornell, Feminism as Critique, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1987.

Political Science

S. I. Benn and R. S. Peters, Social Principles and the Democratic State, London, George & Allen, 1959. A. Brecht, Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century Political Thought, Bombay, The Times of India Press, 1965. M. Carnoy, The State and Political Theory, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1984. G. Catlin, A Study of the Principles of Politics, London and New York, Oxford University Press, 1930. D. Coole, Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism, New York, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. B. Crick, In Defence of Politics, Harmondsworth, Pelican Books, 1963. R. Dahl, Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1963. , A Preface to Democratic Theory, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1965. J. Dunn, Modern Revolutions, London, The Clarendon Press, 1989. D. Easton, The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political Science, New York, Wiley, 1953. , A Systems Analysis of Political Life, Engelwood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1965. D. Germino, Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, New York, Harper and Row, 1967. B. Goodwin, Using Political Ideas, Chicester, John Wiley and Sons, 1992. N. J. Hirschman, and C. D. Stefano (eds.), Revisioning the Political: Feminist

Reconstructions of Traditional Concepts in Western Political Theory, Westview Press, Harper Collins, 1996.
D. Heater, Citizenship: The Civic Ideal in World History, Politics and Education, London, Orient Longman, 1990. D. Held, Models of Democracy, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1987. , Political theory and the Modern State, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. , Political Theory Today, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.

Political Science

B. Hindess, Discourses on Power: From Hobbes to Foucault, Cambridge, Basil Blackwell, 1996. P. Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflict from 1500-2000, London, Fontana, 1988. H. J. Laski, A Grammar of Politics, London, Allen and Unwin, 1948. P. Laslett and W. G. Runciman (eds.), Philosophy, Politics and Society, Series 1-5, Oxford, Blackwell, 1956-79. J. Lively, Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1975. R. M. MacIver, The Modern State, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1926. C. B. Macpherson, Democratic Theory: Essays in Retrieval, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1977. G. McLellan, D. Held and S. Hall (eds.), The Idea of the Modern State, Mitton Keynes, Open University Press, 1984. R. Miliband, Marxism and Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1977. D. Miller, Social Justice, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1976. (ed.), Liberty, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1991. , Citizenship and National Identities, Cambridge, Polity Press, 2000. S. M. Okin, Justice, Gender and the Family, New York, Basic Books, 1989. E. Owens, The Future of Freedom in the Developing World: Economic Development and Political Reform, New York, Pergamon Press, 1987. C. Pateman, Participation and Democratic Theory, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1970. , The Sexual Contract, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1988. , The Disorder of Women, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. R. Plant, Modern Political Thought, Oxford, Blackwell, 1991. G. Poggi, The Development of the Modern State, London, Hutchinson, 1978.

Political Science

, The State: its Nature, Development and Prospects, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990. S. Ramaswamy, Political Theory: Ideas and Concepts, Delhi, Macmillan, 2002. A. Ryan, The Idea of Freedom, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1979. G. H. Sabine, What is political theory, Journal of Politics, 1939, 1,1, pp. 1-16. G. Sartori, The Theory of Democracy Revisited : Vol 1: The Contemporary Debate and Vol II: The Classical Issues, Chatham NJ, Chatham House Publishers, 1987. R. Singh, Reason, Revolution and Political Theory, New Delhi, Peoples' Publishing House, 1967. T. A. Spragens, The Dilemma of Contemporary Political Theory, New York, Durellan, 1973. L. Strauss, What is Political Philosophy and other Studies? Glencoe, The Free Press, 1959. , Epilogue in Essays on the Scientific Study of Politics , ed., by H. Storing, New York, Holt, 1962. C. Tilly, The Formation of National States in Western Europe , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1975. R. M. Titmuss, Essays on the Welfare State, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1956. F. Thakurdas, Essays on Political Theory, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1982. S. P. Varma, Modern Political Theory, New Delhi, Vikas, 1983. J. Waldron (ed.), Theories of Rights, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1984. I. Wallerstein, The Modern World System (3 Vols., 1974, 1980, 1989), New York, Academic Press, 1974. S. Wasby, Political Science: The Discipline and its Dimensions, Calcutta, Scientific Book Agency, 1970. S. Wolin, Political Theory as a Vocation, American Political Science Review, 1969, LXII, pp. 1062-82. S. Wolin, Political Theory: From Vocation to Invocation, in: Vocations of Political Theory, (eds.), J.A. Frank and J. Tambornino, Minneapolis, London, University of Minnesota Press, 2000.

Political Science

10

INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

2nd Year Paper-II

Course Rationale:
This paper focuses in detail on the political processes and the actual functioning of the political system. It simultaneously studies in detail the political structure- both Constitutional and Administrative. It emphasizes on local influences that derive from social stratification of castes and jatis, from language, religions, ethnic and economic determinants and critically assesses its impact on the political processes. The major contradictions of the Indian political process are to be critically analyzed along with an assessment of its relative success and failures in a comparative perspective with other developing countries and in particular those belonging to the South Asian region.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. The Making of Indias Constitution and its sources Basic Features of Indias Constitution Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Duties, and the Directive Principles of State Policy 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Union Government: President, Parliament, Cabinet and Prime Minister The State Government: Governor, Council of Ministers and the Chief Minister Centre-State Relations Supreme Court and the Constitutional Process Political Parties: National and Regional Parties The Election Commission and Electoral Reforms Major issues in Indian Politics (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Caste Religion Languages Region Poverty-Alleviation

Political Science

11

Readings:
S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, Bombay, 1965. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. D. D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994. U. Baxi, The Indian Supreme Court and Politics, Delhi, Eastern Book Company, 1980. and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage 1994. C. Bettleheim, Independent India, London, MacGibban, 1968. C. P. Bhambhri, The Indian State: fifty years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1997. S. Bose and A. Jalal, Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy , London, Routledge, 1997. P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990. , Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya Publications, 1984-1985. , Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom Helm, 1995. , Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University Press, 1974. J. Brown, Modern India: the Origins of an Asian Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985 M. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1965.

Political Science

12

S. K. Chaube, Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, Peoples' Publishing House, 1973. S. Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

J. Dasgupta, Language Conflict and National Development, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1970. B. L. Fadia, State Politics in India, 2 vols. New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1984. F. R. Frankel, Indias Political Economy 1947-1977: The Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1978. and M.S.A. Rao (eds.) Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of

a Social Order, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989.

and et.al., (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. C. Fuller and C. Jaffrelot (eds.), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, Indias Democracy , Delhi, Vikas, 1972. R. L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation , New York, Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965. R. Inden, Imaging India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1990. C. Jaffrelot, The Hindu Nationalist Movement in India, New York, Columbia University Press, 1996. I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of the Indian Constitution, London, Oxford University Press, 1953. N. G. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001. Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary

India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

S. Kashyap, Our Parliament, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1992.

Political Science

13

S. Kaushik (ed.,), Indian Government and Politics, Delhi University, Directorate of Hindi Implementation, 1990. S. Khilnani, The Idea of India, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1997. R. D. King, Nehru and the Language Politics of India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1997. A. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, State against Democracy: In Search of Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajantha, 1988. , Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. M. P. Krishna Shetty, Fundamental Rights and Socio-Economic Justice in the Indian

Constitution, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House, 1969.

B. Kuppuswamy, Social Change in India, New Delhi, Vikas Publications, 1972. N. N. Mallya, Indian Parliament, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1970. J. Manor (ed.), Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India, Delhi, Viking, 1994. W. H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, Delhi, BI Publications, 1974. K. M. Munshi, The President Under the Indian Constitution, Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1963. G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. A. G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India: The President, Parliament and the States, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.

Political Science

14

P. Oldenberg (ed.), India Briefing: 1995, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1995. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990. N. D. Palmer, Elections in India: Its Social Basis, Calcutta, KP Bagchi, 1982. M. V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia, Publishing House, 1977. , An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998. A. Ray, Tension Areas in Indias Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press, 1970. G. Rosen, Democracy and Economic Change in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1966. R. Roy, Bureaucracy and Development, New Delhi, Manas Publications, 1974. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi- The Political Economy of the Indian

State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.

N. C. Sahni, (ed.), Coalition Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic Publishing Company, 1971. M. C. Setalvad, Union and State Relations under the Indian Constitution, Calcutta, Eastern Law Hose, Calcutta, 1975 M. M. Sankhdher, Framework of Indian Politics, Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1983 T. V. Sathyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India: Structures of Power, Movements of Resistance, Vols. 4., 1996. J. R. Siwarch, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1985. M. Shakir, State & Politics in Contemporary India, Delhi, Ajantha, 1986. L. N. Sharma, The Indian Prime Minister: Office and Powers of India, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1976. S. R. Sharma, The Indian Federal Structure, Allahabad, Central Book Depot, 1967. Singh, M.P. and H. Roy (eds.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies, Development, New Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995.

Political Science

15

and R. Saxena (eds.), Ideologies and Institutions in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1998. M. N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1962. , Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966. , The Cohesive Role of Sanskritization and other Essays, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. B. Tapan, Khaki Shorts & Saffron Flags: A Critique of the Hindu Right, Columbia, Columbia University Press, 1993 R. Thakur, The Government & Politics of India, London, Macmillan, 1995. A. Vanaik, The Painful Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990. S. P. Verma and C.P. Bhambri (eds.), Elections and Political Consciousness in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. M. Weiner, Party Politics in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957.

COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF U.K., U.S.A, RUSSIA, CHINA, SWITZERLAND, FRANCE)
3rd Year Paper-III

Course Rationale:
This paper studies the major constitutions of the World by adopting a comparative approach. The constitutional and legal provisions, the ideological basis, the institutional arrangement and their social and economic background are to be explained, analyzed and evaluated critically. The historical backgrounds to individual constitutions are to be emphasized to gain an understanding of its evolution. The comparative perspective enables the student to understand the differences and similarities between the various constitutional arrangements. Furthermore the political institutions are to be studied in light of the political process to gain an understanding of the dynamics of actual politics and policy making.

Political Science

16

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Approaches to the study of comparative politics Constitutions and Constitutionalism Historical Legacy and Political Traditions Constitutional structures: Executive, Legislature and Judiciary Political culture and political socialization Political Parties and Party systems Interest groups and social movements State and Local Governments Socio-Economic bases of the Constitution Women and the Political Process

Readings:
G. Almond et.al., Comparative Politics Today: A World View, 7th edn., New York, London, Harper/Collins, 2000. W. Bagehot, The English Constitution, London, Fontana, 1963. S. Beer, Britain Against Itself, London, Faber and Faber, 1982. A. H. Birch, British System of Government, 4th edn., London, George Allen and Unwin, 1980. J. Blondel, An Introduction to Comparative Government, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1969. , Comparative Legislatures, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1973. J. Bryce, Modern Democracies Vol.2, New York, Macmillan, 1921. I. Derbyshire, Politics in China, London, Chambers, 1991. A. Dicey, Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution , 10th edn., London, Macmillan, 1959.

Political Science

17

H. Finer, Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, Methuen, 1969. S. E. Finer, Comparative Government, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1974. J. Flammang et.al., American Politics in a Changing World, Pacific Groove California, Brooks Cole, 1990. G. Gill and R. D. Markwick, Russias Stillborn Democracy: From Gorbachev to Yeltsin, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000. J. Gittings, China Changes Face: The Road from Revolution 1949-89 , London, Oxford University Press, 1989. E. S. Griffith, The American System of Government, 6th edn., London, Methuen, 1983. H. Harding, Chinas Second Revolution: Reform after Mao, Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1987. L. Holmes, Postcommunism: An Introduction, Cambridge, Polity, 1997. H. C. Huiton, An Introduction to Chinese Politics, London, David and Charles, 1973. Inter-Parliamentary Union, Women in National Parliaments, 2000. G. Jones (ed.), West European Prime Ministers, London, Frank Cass, 1991. D. Kavangh, British Politics: Continuity and Change, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1985. D. Lane, State and Politics in the USSR, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1985. H.J. Laski, American Democracy: A Commentary and An Interpretation, London, Unwin, 1948. M. Laver and K. Shepsle, Cabinet Ministers and Parliamentary Government , Cambridge New York, Cambridge University Press, 1998. C. Leys, Politics in Britain: An Introduction, London, Heinemann, 1983. A. Lijphart, Electoral Systems and Party System, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994.

Political Science

18

(ed.), Parliamentary versus Presidential Government , Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1992. , Democracies: Patterns of Majoritarian and Consensual Government in Twenty One

Countries, New Haven CT, and London, Yale University Press, 1992.
, Democracy in Plural Societies: A Comparative Exploration, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1977. J. Loughlin and S. Mazey, The End of the French Unitary State, London, Frank Cass, 1995. C. Mackerras and A. Yorke, The Cambridge Handbook of Contemporary China, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. R.C. Macridis, Modern European Governments: Cases in Comparative Policy-Making, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. and R. E. Ward, Modern Political Systems: Europe, and Asia, 2nd Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. R. Maddex, Constitutions of the World, 2nd edn., Washington DC and London, CQ Press, 2000. P. Mair, The West European Party System, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1990. M. Mohanty, Chinese Revolution: Comparative Perspectives on Transformation of Non-Western edn.

Societies, New Delhi, Ajantha, 1992.

T. Munro, The Governments of Europe, New York, Macmillan, 1963. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press 1997. R. Neustadt, Presidential Power and the Modern Presidents, New York, The Free Press, 1991. H. G. Nicolas, The Nature of American Politics, 2nd edn., Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1986.

Political Science

19

D. Olson, Legislative Institutions: A Comparative View, Armonk NY, M.E. Sharpe, 1994 F.A. Ogg and Zink, Modern Foreign Governments, New York, Macmillan, 1964. N. Petro, The Rebirth of Russian Democracy: An Interpretation of Political Culture, Cambridge Massachusetts and London, Harvard University Press, 1995. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. M. Rhodes, P. Heywood and V. Wright , Developments in West European Politics , Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997. R. Rose, Politics in England: An Interpretation for the 1980s, Boston, Little Brown, 1980. L. Schapiro, The Government and Politics of the Soviet Union, New York, Macmillan, 1965. G. Smith, Politics in Western Europe: A Comparative Analysis, 2nd edn., London, Heinemann, 1976. D. J. Solinger, Chinas Transition from Socialism: Statist Legacies and Marketing Reform, Aman, 1993. A. de Tocqueville (1886), Democracy in America, 2 Vols., Bombay, Popular, 1964. K. C. Wheare, Federal Government, 4th edn., Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1963. , Legislatures, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1968. G. White, Riding the Tiger: the Politics of Economic Reform in Post-War China, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1993. J. Wilson, American Government, 4th edn., Boston Massachusetts, Houghton Miffin, 1997. V. Wright, Government and Politics of France, 3rd edn., London, Unwin Hyman, 1989. W. Zhang, Transforming China: Economic Reforms and its Political Implications, New York, St. Martin's Press, 2000.

Political Science

20

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
3rd Year Paper-IV

Course Rationale:
This paper deals with concepts and dimensions of international relations and makes an analysis of different theories highlighting the major debates and differences within the different theoretical paradigms. The dominant theories of power and the question of equity and justice, the different aspects of balance of power leading to the present situation of a unipolar world are included. It highlights various aspects of conflict and conflict resolution, collective security and in the specificity of the long period of the post Second World War phase of the Cold War, of Dtente and Deterrence leading to theories of rough parity in armaments.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Nature of International Relations Approaches to the Study of International Relations Actors of International Relations: State and Other Players Power: Definition and Elements Struggle for Power: retaining power, increasing power, demonstrating power Balance of power Peace and Security Diplomacy Disarmament Specific Issues: Environmentalism, Globalization and Human Rights

Readings:
R. Axelrod, The Evolution of Co-operation, New York, Basic Books, 1984. D. A. Baldwin (ed.), Neo-realism and Neo-liberalism, New York, Columbia University Press, 1993. (ed.), Paradoxes of Power, New York, Basil Blackwell, 1989.

Political Science

21

J. C. Bennett (ed.), Nuclear Weapons and the Conflict of Conscience, New York, Charles Scribners Sons, 1962. D.G. Brennan (ed.), Arms Control, Disarmament and National Security, New York, George Braziller, 1961. C. Brown, International Relations Theory, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1975. M de Bueno and D. Lalman, War and Reason: Domestic and International Imperatives , New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1992. H. Bull, The Control of the Arms Race, New York, Praeger, 1961. , The Anarchical Society: A Study of Order in World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1977. E. H. Carr, The Twenty Year Crisis, London, Macmillan, 1939. , Conditions of Peace, New York, The Macmillan Company, 1944. I. Claude, Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962. K von Clausewitz, War, Politics and Power: Selections, Chicago, Henry Regnery Company, 1962. W. D. Coplin, Introduction to International Politics, Chicago, Markham, 1971 K. Deutsch, The Analysis of International Relations, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1967. J. E. Dougherty, How to think about Arms Control and Disarmament, New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1962 and R.L. Pfaltzfraff, Jr., Contending Theories of International Relations, Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co., 1970. W. Epstein, Disarmament: 25 years of Effort, Toronto, Canadian Institute of International Affairs, 1971. , The Last Chance: Nuclear Proliferation and Arms Control, New York, The Free Press, 1976. R. A. Falk, Law, Morality and War in the Contemporary World, New York, Frederick A Praegar, 1963.

Political Science

22

, Legal Order in a Violent World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1968. H. W. Forbes, The Strategy of Disarmament, Washington DC, Public Affairs Press, 1962. J. Frankel, The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963. , Contemporary International Theory and the Behaviour of States , New York, Oxford University Press, 1973. J. Galtung, The True Worlds: A Transnational Perspective, New York, The Free Press, 1980. F. I. Greenstein and N. W. Polsby, Theory of International Relations, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979. S. H, Hoffman (ed.), Contemporary Theory in International Relations, Englewood Cliifs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1960. K.J. Holsti, Why Nations Realign, London, Allen and Unwin, 1982. , The Dividing Discipline, Boston, Allen and Unwin, 1985. , Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order 1648-1989, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. A. Hurrell, Collective Security and International Order Revisited International Relations, Vol. II, No.1, April. G. Kennan, Morality, Politics and Foreign Policy in The Virginia Papers on the Presidency, edited by K.W. Thompson, Washington, University Press of America, 1979, pp. 3-30. , The Nuclear Delusion, New York, Pantheon Books, 1982. R. O. Keohane, After Hegemony: Cooperation and Discord in the World Political Economy, Princeton NJ, Princeton, University Press, 1984. (ed.), Neo-realism and Its Critics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1986. , International Institutions and State Power, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989. and E. Ostrom (eds.), Local Commons and Global Interdependence: Heterogeneity

and Co-operation in Two Domains, London, Sage, 1994.

S. D. Krasner (ed.), International Regimes, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1983.

Political Science

23

H. D. Lasswell, World Politics and Personal Insecurity , New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1953. L. L. Martin, Coercive Cooperation: Explaining Multilateral Economic Sanctions, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1992. H. J. Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations, 6th edition, revised by K. W. Thompson, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985. F. S. Northedge, The International Political System, London, Faber and Faber, 1976. W. C. Olson and A.J.R. Groom, International Relations: Then and Now, London, HarperCollins Academic, 1991. and M. Onuf, The growth of a discipline reviewed in International Relations, edited by S. Smith, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1985. R. E. Osgood and R.W. Tucker, Force, Order and Justice, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1967. E. Ostrom, Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990. K. A. Oye (ed.), Co-operation Under Anarchy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1986. W. H. Riker, The Theory of Political Coalitions, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1962. J. Rosenau, International Studies and the Social Sciences, Beverly Hills California and London, Sage, 1973. J. A. Vasquez, The Power of Power Politics, London, Frances Pinter, 1983. , The War Puzzle, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1993. K. N. Waltz, Theory of International Politics, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979. , The emerging structure of International Politics, International Security, 18, 1993, pp. 44-79. A. Wolfers, Discord and Collaboration, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1962.

Political Science

24

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
3rd Year Paper-V

Course Rationale:
This paper is an introductory course in Public Administration. The essence of Public Administration lies in its effectiveness in translating the governing philosophy into programmes, policies and activities and making it a part of community living. The paper covers personnel public administration in its historical context thereby proceeding to highlight several of its categories, which have developed administrative salience and capabilities to deal with the process of change. The recent developments and particularly the emergence of New Public Administration are incorporated within the larger paradigm of democratic legitimacy. The importance of legislative and judicial control over administration is also highlighted.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Meaning, Nature and Scope of Public Administration Evaluation of Public administration as a discipline New Public Administration. Politics and Administration. Methods and Approaches of Public Administration. Administrative Behavior: Leadership, Decision Making, Communication, Accountability 7. 8. 9. 10. Bureaucracy and Budgetting Public Administration in the age of Globalization and liberalization Legislative control over Administration Judicial control over Administration

Political Science

25

Readings:
P. H. Appleby, Policy and Administration, Alabama University of Albama Press, 1957. A. Avasthi and S. R. Maheswari, Public Administration, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal, 1996. D. D. Basu,

Administrative Law, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1986.

C. P. Bhambri, Administration in a Changing Society: Bureaucracy and Politics in India, Delhi, Vikas, 1991. M. Bhattacharya, Public Administration: Structure, Process and Behaviour, Calcutta, The World Press, 1991. , Restructuring Public Administration: Essays in Rehabilitation , New Delhi, Jawahar, 1999. M. E. Dimock and G. O. Dimock, Public Administration, Oxford, IBH Publishing Co., 1975. Administrative Vitality: The Conflict with Bureaucracy, New York, Harper, 1959. E. N. Gladden, The Essentials of Public Administration, London, Staples Press, 1958. J. M. Gaus, A Theory of Organization in Public Administration , Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1936. J. La Palombara (ed.), Bureaucracy and Political Development , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1967. S. R. Maheshwari, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied, 1994. S. R. Nigam, Principles of Public Administration, Allahabad Kitab Mahal, 1980. F. A. Nigro and L.S. Nigro, Modern Public Administration, New York, Harper and Row, 1984. O. Glenn Stahl, Public Personnel Administration, New York, Harper & Brothers, 1956. D. Waldo (ed), Ideas and Issues in Public Administration, New York, Mc Graw Hill, 1953. N. D. White, Introduction to the Study of Public Administration New York, Macmillan, 1955.

Political Science

26

Political Science

27

B. A. (Hons)
COMPULSORY PAPERS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Basic Principles of Political Theory- 1st year Indian Political Thought- 1st year Government and Politics of India- 2 nd year Comparative Government and Politics- 2 nd year Public Administration- 3 rd year International Relations- 3rd year Western Political Thought-3 rd year

Optional Paper (One of the Following) 3rd year

8(a). Politics of Developing Countries 8(b). Major Issues in Contemporary Politics 8(c). Women and the Political Process 8(d). Political Ideologies

Political Science

28

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF POLITICAL THEORY

Paper-I Course Rationale:
This is an introductory paper to the concepts, ideas and theories in political theory. It seeks to explain the evolution and usage of these concepts, ideas and theories with reference to individual thinkers both historically and analytically. The different ideological standpoints with regard to various concepts and theories are to be critically explained with the purpose of highlighting the differences in their perspectives and in order to understand their continuity and change. Furthermore there is a need to emphasize the continuing relevance of these concepts today and explain how an idea and theory of yesteryears gains prominence in contemporary political theory.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Nature and Significance of Political Theory Power and Authority State: Origin and Development State: Dominant Perspectives Sovereignty Citizenship, Rights and Liberty Equality and Justice Democracy Development and Welfare State Theories of Social Change

Readings:
R. Anderson Jr., et.al , Postcommunism and the Theory of Democracy , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 2001. J. M. Barbalet, Citizenship, Delhi, World View Press, 1997.

Political Science

29

Sir E. Barker, Principles of Social and Political Theory, Calcutta, Oxford University Press, 1976. N. P. Barry, Introduction to Modern Political Theory, London, Macmillan, 1995. S. Benhabib and D. Cornell, Feminism as Critique, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1987. S. I. Benn and R. S. Peters, Social Principles and the Democratic State, London, George & Allen, 1959. A. Brecht, Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century Political Thought, Bombay, The Times of India Press, 1965. M. Carnoy, The State and Political Theory, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1984. G. Catlin, A Study of the Principles of Politics, London and New York, Oxford University Press, 1930. D. Coole, Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism, New York, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. B. Crick, In Defence of Politics, Harmondsworth, Pelican Books, 1963. F. Cunningham, Theories of Democracy- A Critical Introduction, London and New York, Routledge, 2002. R. Dahl, Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1963. , A Preface to Democratic Theory, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1965. R. Dahrendorf, Class and Class Conflict in Industrial Society, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1959. N. Daniels, Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975. H. T. Dickinson, Liberty and Property: Political Ideology in the Eighteenth Century, New York, Holmes and Meier, 1977. J. Dunn, Modern Revolutions, London, The Clarendon Press, 1989. D. Easton, The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political Science, New York, Wiley, 1953.

Political Science

30

, A Systems Analysis of Political Life, Engelwood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1965. D. Germino, Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, New York, Harper and Row, 1967. A. Giddens, The Class Structure of the Advanced Societies, London, Harmondsworth, 1974. , Social Theory and Modern Society, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1987. B. Goodwin, Using Political Ideas, Chicester, John Wiley and Sons, 1992. N. J. Hirschman, and C. D. Stefano (eds.), Revisioning the Political: Feminist

Reconstructions of Traditional Concepts in Western Political Theory, Westview Press, Harper

Collins, 1996. D. Heater, Citizenship: The Civic Ideal in World History, Politics and Education, London, Orient Longman, 1990. D. Held, Models of Democracy, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1987. , Political theory and the Modern State, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. , Political Theory Today, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991. B. Hindess, Discourses on Power: From Hobbes to Foucault, Cambridge, Basil Blackwell, 1996. P. Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflict

from 1500-2000, London, Fontana, 1988.

H. J. Laski, A Grammar of Politics, London, Allen and Unwin, 1948. P. Laslett and W. G. Runciman (eds.), Philosophy, Politics and Society, Series 1-5, Oxford, Blackwell, 1956-79. H. D. Lasswell and A. Kaplan, Power and Society: A Framework for Political Inquiry , New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1952. J. Lively, Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1975. S. Lukes, Power: A Radical View, London, Macmillan, 1974. R. M. MacIver, The Modern State, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1926.

Political Science

31

C. B. Macpherson, Democratic Theory: Essays in Retrieval, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1977. G. McLellan, D. Held and S. Hall (eds.), The Idea of the Modern State, Mitton Keynes, Open University Press, 1984. R. Miliband, Marxism and Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1977. D. Miller, Social Justice, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1976. (ed.), Liberty, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1991. , Citizenship and National Identities, Cambridge, Polity Press, 2000. S. M. Okin, Justice, Gender and the Family, New York, Basic Books, 1989. E. Owens, The Future of Freedom in the Developing World: Economic Development and

Political Reform, New York, Pergamon Press, 1987.

C. Pateman, Participation and Democratic Theory, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1970. , The Sexual Contract, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1988. , The Disorder of Women, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. R. Plant, Modern Political Thought, Oxford, Blackwell, 1991. G. Poggi, The Development of the Modern State, London, Hutchinson, 1978. , The State: its Nature, Development and Prospects, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990. S. Ramaswamy, Political Theory: Ideas and Concepts, Delhi, Macmillan, 2002. A. Ryan, The Idea of Freedom, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1979. G. H. Sabine, What is political theory, Journal of Politics, 1939, 1(1), pp. 1-16.

Political Science

32

G. Sartori, The Theory of Democracy Revisited : Vol 1: The Contemporary Debate and Vol. II: The Classical Issues, Chatham NJ, Chatham House Publishers, 1987. R. Singh, Reason, Revolution and Political Theory, New Delhi, Peoples' Publishing House, 1967. T. A. Spragens, The Dilemma of Contemporary Political Theory, New York, Durellan, 1973. L. Strauss, What is Political Philosophy and other Studies? Glencoe, The Free Press, 1959. , Epilogue in Essays on the Scientific Study of Politics, ed., by H. Storing, New York, Holt, 1962. C. Tilly, The Formation of National States in Western Europe , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1975. B. Turner, Equality, London, Tavistock, 1986. R. M. Titmuss, Essays on the Welfare State, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1956. F. Thakurdas, Essays on Political Theory, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1982. S. P. Varma, Modern Political Theory, New Delhi, Vikas, 1983. J. Waldron (ed.), Theories of Rights, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1984. I. Wallerstein, The Modern World System (3 Vols., 1974, 1980, 1989), New York, Academic Press, 1974. S. Wasby, Political Science: The Discipline and its Dimensions, Calcutta, Scientific Book Agency, 1970. S. Wolin, Political Theory as a Vocation, American Political Science Review, 1969, LXII, pp. 1062-82. S. Wolin, Political Theory: From Vocation to Invocation, in: Vocations of Political Theory, (eds.), J.A. Frank and J. Tambornino, Minneapolis, London, University of Minnesota Press, 2000.

Political Science

33

INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

PAPER-II Course Rationale:
This is an introductory paper to the concepts, ideas and theories that developed in India. It highlights the main sources of the political tradition in ancient India and its development in modern times. It focusses on key thinkers from ancient to modern times to understand their seminal contribution to the evolution of political theorizing in India. It critically assesses their contribution and explains their relevance to contemporary times. It emphasizes on the distinctive contribution of Indian thinkers to political theorizing and the relative autonomy of Indian political thought. It also situates Indian political thought vis--vis other traditions.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Sources of Indian Political Thought Political thought in ancient India Kautilya Dayanand Saraswati and Swami Vivekananda Tilak and Gokhale Aurobindo Mahatma Gandhi M. N. Roy B. R. Ambedkar R. N. Lohia, Acharya Narendra Deva and J. P. Narayan

Readings:
A. S. Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1966. A. Appadorai, Documents on Political Thought in Modern India , 2 vols. Bombay Oxford University Press, 1970. J. Bandhopadhyaya, Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied, 1969.

Political Science

34

J.V. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict , Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965. D. M. Brown, The White Umbrella: Indian Political Thought from Manu to Gandhi, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1953. R. J.Cashman, The Myth of the Lokmanya Tilak and Mass Politics in Maharasthra, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1975. B. Chandra, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979. K. Damodaran, Indian Thought: A Critical Survey, London, Asia Publishing House, 1967. T. de Bary, Sources of Indian Tradition, New York, Columbia University Press, 1958. D. G. Dalton, Indias Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo

Ghose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi, Academic Press, 1982.
A. R. Desai, Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Bombay, Popular, 1954. R. P. Dutt, India Today, Calcutta, Manisha, 1970. A. T. Embree (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition: from the Beginning to 1800, India, Penguin Books, 1991. S. Ghose, The Renaissance to Militant Nationalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1969. , Socialism, Democracy and Nationalism in India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1973. , Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984. U. N. Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas, London, Oxford University Press, 1959. J. P. Haithcox, Communism and Nationalism in India: M. N. Roy and Comitern Policy , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971. S. Hay, Sources of Indian Tradition: Modern India and Pakistan, India, Penguin Books, 1991. C. Heimsath, Indian Nationalism and Social Reform, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1964.

Political Science

35

R. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1973. K. P. Jayaswal, Hindu Polity, Calcutta, Butterworth, 1924. K. N. Kadam (ed.), Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, New Delhi, Sage, 1992. R. P. Kangle, Arthashastra of Kautilya, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1965. M. J. Kanetkar, Tilak and Gandhi: A Comparative Study, Nagpur, Author, 1935. V. B. Karnik, M. N. Roy: Political Biography, Bombay, Jagriti, 1978. K. P. Karunakaran, Modern Indian Political Tradition, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1962. , Religious and Political Awakening in India, Begum Bridge, Meenakshi Prakashanm 1969. , Indian Politics from Dadabhai Naoroji to Gandhi: A Study of Political Ideas of Modern India, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1975. , Gandhi- Interpretations, New Delhi, Gitanjali Publishing House, 1985. D. G. Karve, and D.V. Ambedkar, Speeches and Writings of Gopal Krishna Gokhale, Bombay, Asia, Publishing House, 1966. U. Kaura, Muslims and Indian Nationalism, New Delhi, Manohar, 1977. V. P. Luthra, The Concept of Secular State and India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1964. V. R. Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar, 1992. B. B. Majumdar, Militant Nationalism in India and Its Socio-Religious Background 1897-1917, Calcutta, General Printers, 1960. M. Mohanty, Revolutionary Violence: A Study of the Marxist Movement in India, New Delhi, Sterling, 1977. S. Mukherjee, Gandhian Thought: Marxist Interpretation, New Delhi Deep & Deep, 1991. B. R. Nanda, Gokhale, Gandhi and the Nehrus: Studies in Indian Nationalism, London, Allen and Unwin, 1974. , Gandhi and His Critics, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985.

Political Science

36

J. Nehru, Discovery of India, London, Meridian Books, 1956. G. Omvedt, Dalits and the Democratic Revolution: Dr. Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement

in Colonial India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.

G.D. Overstreet and M. Windmiller, Communism in India, Bombay, Perennial, 1960. T. Pantham, and K. Deustch (eds.), Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi, Sage, 1986. B. Parekh, Colonialism, Tradition and Reform: Analysis of Gandhis Political Discourse , New Delhi, Sage, 1989. and T. Pantham (eds.), Political Discourse: Exploration in Indian and Western

Political Thought, New Delhi, Sage, 1987.

S. Radhakrishnan, Eastern Religion and Western Thought, London, Oxford University Press, 1940. Swami Ranganathananda, Swami Vivekananda: His Humanism, Moscow State University Lecture, Calcutta, Advaita Ashram, 1991. N. R. Ray (ed.), Raja Rammohan Roy: A Bi-centenary Tribute, Calcutta, Asiatic Society, 1975. D. P. Roy, Leftist Politics in India: M.N. Roy and the Radical Democratic Party, Calcutta, Minerva, 1989. S.H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, Gandhi- The Traditional Roots of Charisma , Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1983. J. Sarkar, India Through the Ages: A Survey of the Growth of Indian Life and Thought , Calcutta, M.C. Sarkar and Sons, 1928. S. Sarkar, Bengal Renaissance and Other Essays, New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1970. B. S. Sharma, The Political Philosophy of M. N. Roy, Delhi, National Publishing House, 1965. J. Spellman, The Political Theory of Ancient India, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1964. A. Tripathi, The Extremist Challenge, Bombay, Allied, 1967.

Political Science

37

V. P. Verma, Studies in Hindu Political Thought and Its Metaphysical Foundations, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1974. S. A. Wolpert, Tilak and Gokhale, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1962. G. Woodcock, Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971.

INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Paper-III Course Rationale:
This paper focuses in detail on the political processes and the actual functioning of the political system. It simultaneously studies in detail the political structure- both Constitutional and Administrative. It emphasizes on local influences that derive from social stratification of castes and jatis, from language, religions, ethnic and economic determinants and critically assesses its impact on the political processes. The major contradictions of the Indian political process are to be critically analyzed along with an assessment of its relative success and failures in a comparative perspective with other developing countries and in particular those belonging to the South Asian region.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. The Making of Indias Constitution and its sources Basic Features of Indias Constitution Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Duties, and the Directive Principles of State Policy 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Union Government: President, Parliament, Cabinet and Prime Minister The State Government: Governor, Council of Ministers and the Chief Minister Centre-State Relations Supreme Court and the Constitutional Process Political Parties: National and Regional Parties The Election Commission and Electoral Reforms

Political Science

38

10.

Major issues in Indian Politics (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Caste Religion Languages Region Poverty-Alleviation

Readings:
S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965. B. Arora and D. V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Fedralism in

a Comparative Perspective, Delhi, Konark, 1995.

G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. D. D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994. U. Baxi, The Indian Supreme Court and Politics, Delhi, Eastern Book Company, 1980. , The crisis of the Indian Legal System, New Delhi, Vikas, 1982. and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage 1994. C. Bettleheim, Independent India, London, MacGibban, 1968. C. P. Bhambri, The Indian State: Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1999. K. R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. S. Bose, and A. Jalal, Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy, London, Routledge, 1998.

Political Science

39

P. Brass, Politics of India since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1994. , Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya Publications, 1984-1985. , Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom Helm, 1985. , Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University Press, 1974. J. Brown, Modern India: the Origins of an Asian Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. M. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1965. S. K. Chaube, Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, Peoples' Publishing, 1973. S. Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

B. Dasgupta and W. H. Morris-Jones, Patterns and Trends in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1976. J. Dasgupta, Language Conflict and National Development, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1970. B. L. Fadia, State Policies in India, 2 voles., New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1984. F. R. Frankel, Indias Political Economy 1947-1977: The Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1978. and M. S. A. Rao (ed.), Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of

a Social Order, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989.

and et.al., (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.

Political Science

40

C. Fuller and C. Jaffrelot (eds.), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, Indias Democracy , Delhi, Vikas, 1972. R. L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation , New York, Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965. S. Harrsion, India: The Most Dangerous Decades, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1960. R. Inden, Imaging India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1990. C. Jaffrelot, The Hindu Nationalist Movement in India, New York, Columbia University Press, 1996. N. G. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001. , Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary

India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of the Indian Constitution, London, Oxford University Press, 1953. S. Kashyap, Our Parliament, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1992. S. Kaushik (ed.,), Indian Government and Politics, Delhi University, Directorate of Hindi Implementation, 1990. S. Khilnani, The Idea of India, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1997. R. D. King, Nehru and the Language Politics of India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1997. S. Kochanek, Business and Politics in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1974. A. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Political Science

41

R. Kothari, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longmans, 1970. , Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. , State against Democracy: In Search of Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajantha, 1988. M. P. Krishna Shety, Fundamental Rights and Socio-Economic Justice in the Indian

Constitution, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House, 1969.

A. Kumar (ed.), Nation- Building in India: Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1999. B. Kuppuswamy, Social Change in India, New Delhi, Vikas Publications, 1972. N. N. Mallya, Indian Parliament, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1970. J. Manor (ed.), Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India, Delhi, Viking, 1994. W. H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, Delhi, BI Publications, 1974. K. M. Munshi, The President Under the Indian Constitution, Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1963. G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. A. G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India: The President, Parliament and the States, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. P. Oldenberg (ed.), India Briefing: 1995, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1995. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990. N. D. Palmer, Elections in India: Its Social Basis, Calcutta, KP Bagchi, 1982. M. V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977. , An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.

Political Science

42

A. Ray, Tension Areas in Indias Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press, 1970. G. Rosen, Democracy and Economic Change in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1966. R. Roy, Bureaucracy and Development, New Delhi, Manas Publications, 1974. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi- The Political Economy of the Indian

State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.

N. C. Sahni, (ed.), Coalition Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic Publishing Company, 1971. M. C. Setalvad, Union and State Relations under the Indian Constitution, Calcutta, Eastern Law Hose, Calcutta, 1975. M. M. Sankhdher, Framework of Indian Politics, Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1983. T. V. Sathyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India: Structures of Power,

Movements of Resistance , Vols. 4., Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996.

J. R. Siwarch, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1985. M. Shakir, State & Politics in Contemporary India, Delhi, Ajantha, 1986. L. N. Sharma, The Indian Prime Minister: Office and Powers, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1976. S. R. Sharma, The Indian Federal Structure, Allahabad, Central Book Depot, 1967. Singh, M.P. and H. Roy (eds.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies, Development, New Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995. and R. Saxena (eds.), Ideologies and Institutions in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1998. G. Smith (ed.), Federalism: The Multi Ethnic Challenge, Harlow, Longman, 1995. M. N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1962.

Political Science

43

, Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966. , The Cohesive Role of Sanskritization and other Essays, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. B. Tapan, Khaki Shorts & Saffron Flags: A Critique of the Hindu Right, Columbia, Columbia University Press, 1993. R. Thakur, The Government & Politics of India, London, Macmillan, 1998. A. Vanaik, The Painful Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990. S. P. Verma and C.P. Bhambri (eds.), Elections and Political Consciousness in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. M. Weiner, Party Politics in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. , The Politics of Scarcity: Public Pressure and Political Response in India, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1962.

COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF U.K., U.S.A, RUSSIA, CHINA, SWITZERLAND, FRANCE)
Paper-IV Course Rationale:
This paper studies the major constitutions of the World by adopting a comparative approach. The constitutional and legal provisions, the ideological basis, the institutional arrangement and their social and economic background are to be explained, analyzed and evaluated critically. The historical backgrounds to individual constitutions are to be emphasized to gain an understanding of its evolution. The comparative perspective enables the student to understand the differences and similarities between the various constitutional arrangements. Furthermore the political institutions are to be studied in light of the political process to gain an understanding of the dynamics of actual politics and policy making.

Political Science

44

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Approaches to the study of comparative politics Constitutions and Constitutionalism Historical Legacy and Political Traditions Constitutional structures: Executive, Legislature and Judiciary Political culture and political socialization Political Parties and Party systems Interest groups and social movements State and Local Governments Socio-Economic bases of the Constitution Women and the Political Process

Readings:
G. Almond, Harper/Collins, et.al., Comparative Politics Today: A World View, 7th edn., New York, London, 2000. and V. Powell, Comparative Politics: A Developmental Approach, Boston, Little Brown, 1966. H. Asher, Presidential Elections and American Politics, 4th edn., Pacific Grove California, Brooks/Cole, 1988. W. Bagehot, The English Constitution, London, Fontana, 1963. S. Barnes and M. Kaase, Political Action: Mass Participation in Five Western Democracies, Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1979. R. Batley and G. Stoker (eds.), Local Government in Europe: Trends and Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1991. S. Beer, Britain Against Itself, London, Faber and Faber, 1982. J. A. Bill and R. Hardgrave, Comparative Politics: The Quest for Theory, Columbus, Merrill, 1973.

Political Science

45

A. H. Birch, British System of Government, 4th edn., London, George Allen and Unwin, 1980. J. Blondel, An Introduction to Comparative Government, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1969. , Comparative Legislatures, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1973. J. Bryce, Modern Democracies Vol.2, New York, Macmillan, 1921. M. Burgess and A. Gagnon (eds.), Comparative Federalism and Federation: Competing

Traditions and Future Directions, Hemel Hempstead, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993.

J. Chandler, Local Government in Liberal Democracies: An Introductory Survey, London and New York, Routledge, 1993. S. F. Cohen, Failed Crusade: America and the Tragedy of Post-Communist Russia, New York, W.W. Norton, 2000. I. Derbyshire, Politics in China, London, Chambers, 1991. A. Dicey, Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution , 10th edn., London, Macmillan, 1959. R. Eatwell (ed.), European Political Cultures: Conflict or Convergence, London and New York, Routledge, 1997. H. Eckstein, and D. E. Apter (eds.), Comparative Politics: A Reader, New York, The Free Press, 1963. R. Elgie, Political Leadership in Liberal Democracies, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1995. J. Elster, C. Offe and U. Preuss, Institutional Design in Post-Communist Societies: Rebuilding

the Ship at Sea, Cambridge and New York, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
D. Farrell, Electoral Systems: A Comparative Introduction, Palgrave, Macmillan, 2001. H. Finer, Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, Methuen, 1969. S. E. Finer, (ed.), Adversary Politics and Electoral Reforms, London, Wigram, 1975. , Comparative Government, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1974.

Political Science

46

J. Flammang and et.al., American Politics in a Changing World, Pacific Groove California, Brooks/Cole, 1990. G. Gill and R. D. Markwick, Russias Stillborn Democracy: From Gorbachev to Yeltsin, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000. J. Gittings, China Changes Face: The Road from Revolution 1949-89 , London, Oxford University Press, 1989. E. S. Griffith, The American System of Government, 6th edn., London, Methuen, 1983. H. Harding, Chinas Second Revolution: Reform after Mao, Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1987. L. Holmes, Postcommunism: An Introduction, Cambridge, Polity, 1997. H. C. Huiton, An Introduction to Chinese Politics, London, David and Charles, 1973. Inter-Parliamentary Union, Women in National Parliaments, 2000. G. Jones (ed.), West European Prime Ministers, London, Frank Cass, 1991. D. Kavangh, British Politics: Continuity and Change, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1985. R. Katz and P. Mair (eds.), How Parties Organize: Change and Adaptation in Party

Organization in Western Democracies, Thousand Oaks California and London, Sage, 1994.
H. Keman (ed.), Comparative Politics: New Directions in Theory and Method, Amsterdam, VU University Press, 1993. H. Kerr Jr., Switzerland: Social Cleavages and Partisan and Conflict. Beverly Hills, California, Sage Publications, 1976. A. King, The New American Political System, Washington DC, American Enterprise Institute, 1978. H. Kitschelt and et.al., Postcommunist Party Systems: Competition, Representation and Inter-

Party Competition, Cambridge and New York, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
D. Lane, State and Politics in the USSR, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1985. H. J. Laski, American Democracy: A Commentary and An Interpretation, London, Unwin, 1948.

Political Science

47

M. Laver and K. Shepsle, Cabinet Ministers and Parliamentary Government , Cambridge New York, Cambridge University Press, 1998. C. Leys, Politics in Britain: An Introduction, London, Heinemann, 1983. K. Lieberthal, Governing China: From Revolution through Reform, New York, Norton, 1995. A. Lijphart, Electoral Systems and Party System, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994. (ed.), Parliamentary versus Presidential Government, Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1992. , Democracies: Patterns of Majoritarian and Consensual Government in Twenty One

Countries, New Haven CT, and London, Yale University Press, 1992.
, Democracy in Plural Societies: A Comparative Exploration, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1977. J. Loughlin and S. Mazey, The End of the French Unitary State, London, Frank Cass, 1995. C. Mackerras and A. Yorke, The Cambridge Handbook of Contemporary China, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. R. C. Macridis, Modern European Governments: Cases in Comparative Policy-Making, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. and R. E. Ward, Modern Political Systems: Europe, and Asia, 2nd edn. Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. R. Maddex, Constitutions of the World, 2nd edn., Washington DC and London, CQ Press, 2000. P. Mair, The West European Party System, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1990. M. Mohanty, Chinese Revolution: Comparative Perspectives on Transformation of Non-Western

Societies, New Delhi, Ajantha, 1992.

T. Munro, The Governments of Europe, New York, Macmillan, 1963. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press 1997.

Political Science

48

R. Neustadt, Presidential Power and the Modern Presidents, New York, The Free Press, 1991. H. G. Nicolas, The Nature of American Politics, 2nd edn., Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1986. D. Olson, Legislative Institutions: A Comparative View, Armonk NY, M.E. Sharpe, 1994 F. A. Ogg and Zink, Modern Foreign Governments, New York, Macmillan, 1964. E. J. Perry and M. Selden (eds.), Chinese Society: Change, Conflict and Resistance, London, Routledge, 2000. N. Petro, The Rebirth of Russian Democracy: An Interpretation of Political Culture, Cambridge Massachusetts and London, Harvard University Press, 1995. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edition, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. M. Rhodes, P. Heywood and V. Wright , Developments in West European Politics , Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997. R. Rose, Politics in England: An Interpretation for the 1980s, Boston, Little Brown, 1980. C. Rossiter, Parties and Politics in America, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1960. R. Sakwa, Russian Politics and Society 2nd edn., London and New York, Routledge, 1996. L. Schapiro, The Government and Politics of the Soviet Union, New York, Macmillan, 1965. G. Smith, Politics in Western Europe: A Comparative Analysis, 2nd edn., London, Heinemann, 1976. D. J. Solinger, Chinas Transition from Socialism: Statist Legacies and Marketing Reform, Aman, 1993. A. de Tocqueville (1886), Democracy in America, 2 Vols., Bombay, Popular, 1964. K. C. Wheare, Federal Government, 4th edn., Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1963. , Legislatures, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1968.

Political Science

49

G. White, Riding the Tiger: the Politics of Economic Reform in Post-War China, Stanford, CA, Stanford University Press, 1993. J. Wilson, American Government, 4th edn., Boston Massachusetts, Houghton Miffin, 1997. V. Wright, Government and Politics of France, 3rd edn., London, Unwin Hyman, 1989. W. Zhang, Transforming China: Economic Reforms and its Political Implications, New York, St. Martin's Press, 2000.

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Paper-V Course Rationale:
This paper is an introductory course in Public Administration. The essence of Public Administration lies in its effectiveness in translating the governing philosophy into programmes, policies and activities and making it a part of community living. The paper covers public administration in its historical context thereby proceeding to highlight several of its categories, which have developed administrative salience and capabilities to deal with the process of change. The recent developments and par ticularly the emergence of New Public Administration are incorporated within the larger paradigm of democratic legitimacy. The importance of legislative and judicial control over administration is also highlighted.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Meaning, Nature and Scope of Public Administration Evaluation of Public administration as a discipline New Public Administration. Politics and Administration. Methods and Approaches of Public Administration. Administrative Behavior: Leadership, Decision Making, Communication, Accountability

Political Science

50

7. 8. 9. 10.

Bureaucracy and Budgetting Public Administration in the age of Globalization and liberalization Legislative control over Administration Judicial control over Administration

Readings:
P. H. Appleby, Policy and Administration, Alabama University of Albama Press, 1957. R. K. Arora, Comparative Public Administration, New Delhi, Asia Publishing House, 1972. A. Avasthi and S. R. Maheswari, Public Administration, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal, 1996. C. P. Bhambri, Administrators in a Changing Society, Bureaucracy and Politics in India, Delhi, Vikas, 1971. M. Bhattacharya, Public Administration: Structure, Process and Behaviour, Calcutta, The World Press, 1991. , Restructuring Public Administration: Essays in Rehabilitation, New Delhi, Jawahar, 1999. G. E. Caiden, Dynamics of Public Administration: Guidelines to Current Transformation in Theory and Practice, New York, Holt, 1971. B. K. Dey, Personnel Administration in India: Retrospective Issues, Prospective Thought, New Delhi, Uppal, 1991. M. E. Dimock, and G.O. Dimock, Public Administration, Oxford, I.B.H. Publishing Co., 1975. Administrative Vitality: The Conflict with Bureaucracy, New York, Harper, 1959. P. R. Dubhashi, The Profession of Public Administration, Pune, Subhadra, Saraswat, 1980. A. Etzioni, A Sociological Reader on Complex Organizations, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Western, 1961. S. Grover, Managing the Public Sector, 3rd edn., Chicago, Dorsey Press, 1986. R. T. Golembeewski, Public Administration as a Developing Discipline: Perspectives on Past,

Present and Futures, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977.

Political Science

51

R. B. Jain, Contemporary Issues in Indian Administration New Delhi, Vishal, 1976. and O.P. Dwivedi, Indias Administrative State, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1985. F. A. Nigro and G. L. Nigro, Modern Public Administration, New York, Harper Row, 1980. J. Perry, Handbook of Public Administration, San Francisco, Jossey-Bass, 1989. J. Rabin, et.al., (eds.), Handbook of Public Administration, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1989. H. Singh, and M. Singh, Public Administration in India: Theory and Practice, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1990. C. Stewart and D. Dunkerly (eds.), Critical Issues in Organizations, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1977. M. M. Sury, Government Budgeting in India, New Delhi, Commonwealth Publishers, 1990. S. P. Verma and S.N. Swaroop, Personnel Administration, EROPA, 1993. J. Q. Wilson, Bureaucracy: What Government Does and Why They Do It?, New York, Basic Books, 1989.

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Paper-VI Course Rationale:
This paper deals with concepts and dimensions of international relations and makes an analysis of different theories highlighting the major debates and differences within the different theoretical paradigms. The dominant theories of power and the question of equity and justice, the different aspects of balance of power leading to the present situation of a unipolar world are included. It highlights various aspects of conflict and conflict resolution, collective security and in the specificity of the long period of the post Second World War phase of the Cold War, of Dtente and Deterrence leading to theories of rough parity in armaments.

Political Science

52

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. The Concept and Dimensions of International Relations The Theories of International Relations Power and Justice Balance of Power and Balance of Terror Conflict and Cooperation Collective Security and Cooperative Security Deterrence and Dtente Dependence and Inter-dependence Arms Race and Disarmament International Regimes and World Order

Readings: R. Axelrod, The Evolution of Co-operation, New York, Basic Books, 1984. D. A. Baldwin (ed.), Neo-realism and Neo-liberalism, New York, Columbia University Press, 1993. (ed.), Paradoxes of Power, New York, Basil Blackwell, 1989. J. C. Bennett (ed.), Nuclear Weapons and the Conflict of Conscience, New York, Charles Scribners Sons, 1962. D.G. Brennan (ed.), Arms Control, Disarmament and National Security, New York, George Braziller, 1961. C. Brown, International Relations Theory, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf, . M de Bueno and D. Lalman, War and Reason: Domestic and International Imperatives , New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1992. H. Bull, The Control of the Arms Race, New York, Praeger, 1961. , The Anarchical Society: A Study of Order in World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1977.

Political Science

53

S. Burchill et.al., Theories of International Relations, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001. E. H. Carr, The Twenty Year Crisis, London, Macmillan, 1939. , Conditions of Peace, New York, The Macmillan Company, 1944. I. Claude, Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962. K von Clausewitz, War, Politics and Power: Selections, Chicago, Henry Regnery Company, 1962. A. A. Couloumbis and J.H. Wolf, Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice, New York, Praegar, 1989. W. D. Coplin, Introduction to International Politics, Chicago, Markham, 1971 K. W. Deutsch, The Analysis of International Relations, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1989. J. E. Dougherty, How to think about Arms Control and Disarmament, New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1962 and R.L. Pfaltzfraff, Jr., Contending Theories of International Relations, Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co., 1970. W. Epstein, Disarmament: 25 years of Effort, Toronto, Canadian Institute of International Affairs, 1971. , The Last Chance: Nuclear Proliferation and Arms Control, New York, The Free Press, 1976. R. A. Falk, Law, Morality and War in the Contemporary World, New York, Frederick A Praegar, 1963. , Legal Order in a Violent World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1968. H. W. Forbes, The Strategy of Disarmament, Washington DC, Public Affairs Press, 1962. J. Frankel, The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963. , Contemporary International Theory and the Behaviour of States, New York, Oxford University Press, 1973. J. Galtung, The True Worlds: A Transnational Perspective, New York, The Free Press, 1980.

Political Science

54

F. I. Greenstein and N. W. Polsby, Theory of International Relations, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979. S. H, Hoffman (ed.), Contemporary Theory in International Relations, Englewood Cliifs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1960. S. H. Hoffman, Essays in Theory and Politics of International Relations, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989. K. J. Holsti, Why Nations Realign, London, Allen and Unwin, 1982. , The Dividing Discipline, Boston, Allen and Unwin, 1985. , Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order 1648-1989, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. A. Hurrell, Collective Security and International Order Revisited International Relations, Vol. II, No.1, April. C. W. Kegley and E. R. Wittkopf, World Politics: Trends and Transformation , New York, St. Martins Press, 1995. G. Kennan, Morality, Politics and Foreign Policy in The Virginia Papers on the Presidency, edited by K.W. Thompson, Washington, University Press of America, 1979, pp. 3-30. , The Nuclear Delusion, New York, Pantheon Books, 1982. R. O. Keohane, After Hegemony: Cooperation and Discord in the World Political Economy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1984. (ed.), Neo-realism and Its Critics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1986. , International Institutions and State Power, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989. and E. Ostrom (eds.), Local Commons and Global Interdependence: Heterogeneity

and Co-operation in Two Domains, London, Sage, 1994.

S. D. Krasner (ed.), International Regimes, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1983. H. D. Lasswell, World Politics and Personal Insecurity , New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1953.

Political Science

55

L. L. Martin, Coercive Cooperation: Explaining Multilateral Economic Sanctions, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1992. H. J. Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations, 6th edn., revised by K. W. Thompson, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985. F. S. Northedge, The International Political System, London, Faber and Faber, 1976. W. C. Olson and A.J.R. Groom, International Relations: Then and Now, London, HarperCollins Academic, 1991. and M. Onuf, The growth of a discipline reviewed in International Relations, edited by S. Smith, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1985. R. E. Osgood and R.W. Tucker, Force, Order and Justice, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1967. E. Ostrom, Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990. K. A. Oye (ed.), Co-operation Under Anarchy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1986. N. D. Palmer and H. Perkins, International Relations, Calcutta, Scientific Book Company, 1971. W. H. Riker, The Theory of Political Coalitions, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1962. B. Rivlin, Regional Arrangements and the UN System for Collective Security, International

Relations, Vol II, No. 2, August.

A. Roberts, The UN and International Security, Survival, Vol 35, No. 1, Spring. J. N. Rosenau, International Studies and the Social Sciences, Beverly Hills California and London, Sage, 1973. , World Politics: An Introduction, New York, The Free Press, 1976. M. P. Sullivan, Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a Changing World, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001. V. Van Dyke, International Politics, Bombay, Vakils, Feffer and Simons, 1969.

Political Science

56

J. A. Vasquez, The Power of Power Politics, London, Frances Pinter, 1983. , The War Puzzle, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1993. S. P. Verma, International System and the Third World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1988. K. N. Waltz, Theory of International Politics, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979. , The Emerging Structure of International Politics, International Security, 18, 1993, pp. 44-79. A. Wolfers, Discord and Collaboration, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1962.

WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT

Paper-VII Course Rationale:
This paper studies the classical tradition in political theory from Plato to Marx with the view to understand how the great Masters explained and analyzed political events and problems of their time and prescribed solutions. The texts are to be interpreted both in the historical and philosophical perspectives to understand the universality of the enterprise of political theorizing. The limitations of the classical tradition, namely its neglect of womens concerns and issues and the non-European world are critically examined. The legacy of the thinkers is explained with the view to establish the continuity and change within the Western political tradition.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Plato Aristotle Machiavelli Hobbes Locke

Political Science

57

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Rousseau Burke Bentham Hegel and Marx J. S. Mill and T. H. Green

Readings:
J. W. Allen, A History of Political Thought in the Sixteenth Century, London, Methuen, 1967. A. Ashcraft, Revolutionary Politics and Lockes Two Treatises of Government, London, Allen and Unwin, 1986. , Lockes Two Treatises of Government, London, Unwin and Hyman, 1987. A. Avineri, The Social and Political Thought of K. Marx, New Delhi, S. Chand and Co., 1979. Sir E. Barker, The Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle, New York, Dover Publications, 1959. , Greek Political Theory: Plato and His Predecessors, New Delhi, B. I. Publications, 1964. , The Politics of Aristotle, translated with introduction, notes and appendix, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. R. N. Berki, The History of Political Thought: A Short Introduction, London, Dent, 1977. Sir I. Berlin, The Hedgehog and the Fox, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1953. , Karl Marx: His Life and Environment, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1963. W. H. Bluhmn, Theories of Political System: Classics of Political Thought and Modern

Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1965.

J. Bowle, Western Political Thought: A Historical Introduction from the Origins to Rousseau, London, Jonathan Cape, 1947. , Politics and Opinion in the Nineteenth Century: A Historical Introduction, London. Jonathan Cape, 1954.

Political Science

58

C. Brinton, English Political Thought in the Nineteenth Century, London, Allen Lane, 1933. J. Bronowski and B. Mazlish, Western Intellectual Tradition, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1960. K. C. Brown (ed.), Hobbes Studies, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1965. J. H. Burns (ed.), The Cambridge History of Political Thought, 1450-1700, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. H. Butterfield, The Statecraft of Machiavelli, New York, Collier, 1962. F. P. Canavan, The Political Reason of Edmund Burke, Durnham NC, Duke University Press, 1960. E. Cassirer, The Philosophy of the Enlightenment, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1932. , The Myth of the State, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1946. G. Catlin, A History of Political Philosophers, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1950. F. Chabod, Machiavelli and the Renaissance, translated by D. Moore, New York, Harper and Row, 1958. J. W. Chapman, Rousseau- Totalitarian or Liberal, New York, Columbia University Press, 1956. A. Cobban, Rousseau and the Modern State, London, Unwin University Books, 1964. J. Coleman, A History of Political Thought: From Ancient Greece to Early Christianity , London, Blackwell, 2000. L. Colletti, From Rousseau to Lenin : Studies in Ideology and Society , translated by J. Merrington and J. White, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1969. D. Coole, Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism, New York, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. M. Cornforth, The Open Philosophy and the Open Society: A Reply to Sir Karl Poppers

Refutation of Marxism, London, Lawrence and Wishart, 1968.

M. Cowling, Mill and Liberalism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1963.

Political Science

59

M. Cranston, (ed.), Western Political Philosophers, London, Fontana, 1964. R. Crossman, Plato Today, London, Allen and Unwin, 1939. M. Curtis, The Great Political Theories 2 Vols., New York, Avon, 1961. W. L. Davidson, Political Thought in England: The Utilitarians from Bentham to Mill, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1957. S. DeGrazia, Machiavelli in Hell, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1989. P. Doyle, A History of Political Thought, London, Jonathan Cape, 1933. J. A. Dunning, History and Political Theories, New York, Macmillan, 1902. W. Ebenstein, Great Political Thinkers, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH, 1969. J. B. Elshtain, Public Man, Private Woman: Women in Social and Political Thought, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1981. M. B. Foster, W. T. Jones and L.W. Lancaster, Masters of Political Thought 3 Vols, London, George G. Harrap and Co. Ltd., 1942, 1947 and 1959. R. G. Gettel, History of Political Thought, New York, Novell & Co, 1924. D. Germino, Modern Western Political Thought: Machiavelli to Marx, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1972. W. H. Greenleaf, The British Political Tradition, 2 Vols, London, Methuen, 1983. A. Hacker, Political Theory: Philosophy, Ideology, Science, New York, Macmillan, 1961. E. Halevy, Growth of Philosophical Radicalism translated by M. Morris London, Faber & Faber, 1928. J. H. Hallowell, Main Currents in Modern Political Thought, New York, Holt, 1960. I. W. Hampsher-Monk, Modern Political Thought from Hobbes to Marx , Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1992. R. Harrison, Bentham, London, Routledge, 1983. I. Kramnick, The Age of Edmund Burke: The Conscience of an ambivalent Conservative, New York, Basic Books, 1977.

Political Science

60

G. Klosko, The Development of Platos Thought, London, Methuen, 1986. H. J. Laski, Political Thought from Locke to Bentham, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920. P. Laslett, John Lockes Two Treatises of Government, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1960. R. B. Levinson, In Defense of Plato, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1953. C. B. Macpherson, The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke , Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1973. K. Martin, French Liberal Thought in the Eighteenth Century, New York, New York University Press, 1954. A. MacIntyre, A Short History of Ethics, New York, Macmillan, 1971. C. C. Maxey, Political Philosophies, New York, Macmillan, 1948. C. H. McIlwain, The Growth of Political Thought in the West, New York, Macmillan, 1932. D. McLellan, Karl Marx: The First 100 Years, London, Fontana, 1983. K. R. Minogue, Hobbes Leviathan, New York, Everymans Library 1977. J. B. Morall, Political Thought in Medieval Times, New York, Harper Torchbooks, 1958. S. Mukherjee and S. Ramaswamy, A History of Political Thought: Plato to Marx, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1999. R. G. Mulgan, Aristotles Political Theory: An Introduction for Students of Political Theory, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1977. R. L. Nettleship, Lectures on Platos Republic, London, Macmillan, 1967. M. Oakeshott, Hobbes on Civil Association, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1975. S. M. Okin, Women in Western Political Thought, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1979. C. Pateman, The Disorder of Women, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1993.

Political Science

61

H. F. Pitkin, The Concept of Representation, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1967. , Fortune is a Woman: Gender and Politics in the thought of Niccolo Machiavelli, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1984. J. Plamentaz, Man and Society 2 Vols., London, Longman, 1963. J. G. A Pocock, The Machiavellian Moment: Florentine Republic Thought and the Atlantic

Republican Tradition, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971.

Sir K. R. Popper, The Open Society and its Enemies 2 Vols., London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1945. P. Riley, Will and Legitimacy, Cambridge Massachusettes, Harvard University Press, 1980. A. Ryan, J.S. Mill, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1974. B. Russell, History of Western Philosophy, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1961. G. H. Sabine, History of Political Theory, 4th edn., revised by T.L. Thorson, New Delhi, Oxford and IBH, 1973. A. Saxonhouse, Women in the History of Political Thought: Ancient Greece to Machiavelli, New York, Praegar, 1985. M. L. Shanley, and C. Pateman, Feminist Interpretation and Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity, 1991. M. Q. Sibley, Political Ideas and Ideologies, New Delhi, Surjeet Publications, 1981. T. A. Sinclair, A History of Greek Political Thought, London, Routledge, 1951. Q. Skinner, The Foundations of Modern Political Thought, 2 Volumes, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990. S. B. Smith, Hegels Critique of Liberalism, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1989. Sir L. Stephen, History of English Thought in the 18th Century 2 Vols., London, London School of Economics and Political Science, 1902. L. Strauss, The Political Philosophy of Hobbes: Its Basis and Genesis , Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1936.

Political Science

62

, Thoughts on Machiavelli, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1958. , Studies in Platonic Political Philosophy, Chicago, Chicago University Press, 1964. J. L. Talmon, The Origins of Totalitarian Democracy and Political Messianism: The Romantic

Phase, London, Secker and Warburg, 1960.

T. L. Thorson, Plato: Totalitarian or Democrat, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1963. J. Tully, A Discourse on Property: John Locke and his Adversaries, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1980. C. E. Vaughan, Studies in the History of Political Philosophy before and after Rousseau, Manchester UK, University of Manchester Press, 1925. H. Warrender, The Political Philosophy of Hobbes: His Theory of Obligation, Oxford, The Clarendon Press 1957. N. Warburton, J. Pike and D. Matravers, Reading Political Philosophy: Machiavelli to Mill, London, Routledge in association with Open University, 2000. S. Wolin, Politics and Vision: Continuity and Innovation in Western Political Thought, Boston, Little Brown, 1960.

POLITICS OF DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

Paper-8 (a) Course Rationale:
The emergence of the post-colonial societies as full members of the comity of the nations after the Second World War is one of the most important developments of our times. Their emergence and the consequent problems of under development, poverty and striking inequality between a developed North and a poor South are mainly because of the colonial exploitation and the contemporary forces of neo-colonialism. The attempt of the developing countries to cope with their problems and challenges needs critical evaluation. There is a need also to highlight the wide variety within the developing world in context of political development, economic prosperity and democratization.

Political Science

63

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Approaches to the study of Developing Countries The Anti-colonial struggle and the consolidation of Third World Consciousness Emergence of Third World Nature of the State in the Third World Typological variations of Third World Political Systems Political Parties, Pressure Groups and Social Movements Contemporary Political trends in the Third World Women and other marginalized sections in the politics of Developing countries.

Readings:
H. Alavi and T. Shanin, Sociology of Developing Societies, London, Macmillan, 1982. S. Amin, Accumulation on a World Scale: A Critique of the Theory of Underdevelopment, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1974. B. Anderson, Imagined Communities: Reflections of the Origin and Spread of the

Nationalism, 2nd edn., London, Verso, 1991.

Z. F. Arat, Democracy and Human Rights in the Developing Countries, London, Verso, 1992. H. Asfah (ed.), Women and Politics in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1996. M. Berger, The End of the Third World, Third World Quartely, 15/2, 1994. J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

P. Cammack, D. Pool and W. Tordoff, Third World Politics: A Comparative Introduction, 2nd edn. London, Macmillan, 1993. C. Clapham, Third World Politics: An Introduction, Beckenham, Croom Helm, 1985. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999.

Political Science

64

L. Diamond (ed.), Political Culture and Democracy in Developing Countries, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993. D. Engels and S. Marks (eds.), Contesting Colonial Hegemony, State and Society in Africa

and India, London, I. B. Tauris, 1994.

J. A. Ferguson, The Third World, in R. J. Vincent (ed.), Foreign Policy and Human Rights, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996. D. K. Fieldhouse, The West and the Third World: trade, Colonialism, Dependence and

Development, Oxford, Blackwell, 1999.

F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth Penguin, 1992. J. Gelb, Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1989. J. Harbermas, New Social Movements, Telos, 49, Fall, 1981. P. Harrison, Inside the Third World, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1981. K. Hajdor, Dictionary of Third World Terms, London, Penguin, 1993. J. Haynes, Third World Politics: A Concise Introduction, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1996. , Religion in Third World Politics, Buckingham, Open University Press, 1993. D. Held, and D. Archibugi (eds.), Cosmopolitan Democracy: An Agenda for a New World

Order, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1995.

B. Hettne, Developmental Theory and the Three Worlds, Harlow, Longman, 1995. M. Kamrava, Politics and Society in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1993. S. D. Krasner, Structural Conflict: The Third World against Global Liberalism. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1985. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, Harlow: Longman, 1991. J. Midgal, Strong Societies and Weak States, State-Society Relations and State Capabilities

in the Third World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.

Political Science

65

A. L. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1995. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Buckingham, Open University Press, 1995. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press 1997. A. Pourgerami, Development and Democracy in the Third World, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1991. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. (ed.), Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage, 1988. and R. Theobald, Political Change and Underdevelopment: A Critical Introduction

to Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1985.

W. Rodney, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, London, Bogle l Ouverture, 1972. P. Schmitter and L. Whitehead (eds.), Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Prospects for

Democracy, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

B. Smith, Understanding Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1996. R. Slater, B. Schutz and S. Dorr (eds.), Global Transformation and the Third World, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993. M. P. Tadaro, Economic Development in the Third World, 5th edn., New York, Longman, 1994. A. Thomas et al., Third World Atlas, 2nd edn., Buckingham, Open University Press, 1994. G. White, R. Murray and C. White, Revolutionary Socialist Movements in the Third World, Brighton, Wheatsheaf, 1983.

Political Science

66

MAJOR ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY POLITICS

Paper-8 (b) Course Rationale:
The end of the Cold War has seen the emergence of social, economic, cultural and humanitarian concerns to the forefront of policy-making initiatives in most of the well established democracies of the world. These concerns also find resonance in the relatively underdeveloped countries of the Third World. There is a need to examine to what extent are these concerns new or are they a redefinition of old ideas with a fresh emphasis. The objective of this paper is to critically analyze these concerns and their impact on the course of world politics and policy-making initiatives both globally and within individual countries.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Post Cold War World: Issues and Concerns Brandt Report and its Effect Globalization and Liberalization Environmental concerns Human Rights Womens Empowerment The challenge of Terrorism Process and Problems of Democratic Expansion

Readings:
M. Albrow and E. King (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London, Sage, 1990. , The Global Age, Cambridge, Polity, 1996. P. Allan and K. Goldman (eds.), The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff, 1992. J. Anderson, C. Brook and A. Cockrane (eds.), A Global World? Re-ordering Political Space, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. Z. F. Arat, Democracy and Human Rights in the Developing Countries, London, Verso, 1992.

Political Science

67

H. Arendt, On Violence in Crises of the Republic, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1973. R. Aron, Peace and War, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1966. H. Asfah (ed.), Women and Politics in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1996. A. Bramwell, Ecology in the Twentieth Century: A History, New Haven CT and London, Yale University Press, 1989. M. Bowker and R. Brown (eds.), From Cold War to Collapse , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1993. I. Brownlie (ed.), Basic Documents on Human Rights, 2nd edn., Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1981. R. Burbach, O. Nnez and B. Kagatlitsky, Globalization and its Discontents: The Rise of

Postmodern Socialisms, London, Pluto, 1997.

J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

S. E. M. Charlton, J. Everett and K. Staudt (eds.), Women, the State and Development, Albany, State University of New York, 1989. R. Clutterbuck, Terrorism and Guerilla Warfare, London, Routledge, 1990. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999. M. Cranston, What are Human Rights? London, Bodley Head, 1973. R. Dalton, The Green Rainbow: Environmental Groups in Western Europe, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994. and M. Kuechler, Challenging the Political Order: New Social and Political

Movements in Western Democracies, Cambridge, Polity, 1990.

and M. Wattenberg, Politics without Partisans: Political Change in Advanced

Industrial Democracies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000.

L. Diamond (ed.), Political Culture and Democracy in Developing Counties, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993.

Political Science

68

P. Dicken, Global Shift: The Internationalization of Economic Activity, London, Paul Chapman, 1992. A. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Routledge, 1990. J. Donnelly, The Concept of Human Rights, London, Croom Helm, 1985. R. Eckersley, Environmentalism and Political Theory: An Ecocentric Approach, London, UCL Press, 1992. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondworth, Penguin, 1992. J. Gelb, Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1989. A. Gewirth, Human Rights: Essays on Justification and Applications, Chicago and London, University of Chicago Press, 1982. R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992. D. Held, and D. Archibugi (eds.), Cosmopolitan Democracy: An Agenda for a New World

Order, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1995.

R. Holton, Globalization and the Nation State, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998. A. M. Hoogvelt, Globalization and the Post-colonial World: The New Political Economy of

Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997.

S. P. Huntington, The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century, Norman, University of Oklahoma Press, 1991. R. Inglehart, The Silent Revolution: Changing Values and Political Styles among Western

Publics, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977.

A. Jamieson, The Modern Mafia, Conflict Studies, No 224, Research Institute for the Study of Conflict and Terrorism, London, 1989. W. Lacquer, Terrorism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1977. , The Age of Terrorism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1987. J. McCormick, The Global Environment Movement, London, Belhaven, 1989.

Political Science

69

D. H. Meadows, D.L. Meadows and J. Randers (eds.), Beyond the Limits: Global Collapse

or a Sustainable Society, Sequel to the Limits of Growth, London, Earthscan, 1992.

A. I. Melden (ed.), Human Rights, Belmont California, Wadsworth, 1970. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press 1997. D. Pearce, A. Markandaya and E. Barbier, Blueprint for a Green Economy , London, Earthscan, 1989. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. D. D. Raphael (ed.), Political Theory and the Rights of Man, London, Macmillan, 1967. S. Reynolds, Women, State and Revolution: Essays on Power and Gender in Europe since

1979, Brighton, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1986.

B. M Russett and H. Starr, Grasping the Democratic Peace: Principles for a Post-Cold War

World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1993.

and H. Starr, World Politics: The Menu for Choice, San Franciso, W.H. Freeman and Co., 1981. A. P. Schmidt and A.J. Jongman (eds.), Political Terrorism: A New Guide to Actors, Authors,

Concepts, Data Bases, Theories and Literature, 2nd edn., Amsterdam, North Holland
Publishing Co., 1988. R. L. Sivard, Women: A World Survey, Washington DC, World Priorities, 1985. H. Sprout and M. Sprout, Towards a Politics of the Planet Earth, New York, Van Nostran, 1971. N. O Sullivan (ed.), Terrorism, Ideology and Revolution: The Origins of Modern Political

Violence, Brighton, Wheatsheaf, 1986.

R. Tuck, Natural Rights Theories, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979. J. J. Waldron (ed.), Theories of Rights, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984. P. Wilkinson, Terrorism and the Liberal State, 3rd edn., Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994.

Political Science

70

WOMEN AND THE POLITICAL PROCESS

Paper-8 (c) Course Rationale:
Feminism has its origin in modern times. The argument for equality that dominated feminism from the late 18th century to 1920s gave way to the notion of difference in the 1960s on the grounds that women, remain discriminated in spite of formal and legal equality. After a long and protracted struggle for suffrage women continue to remain underrepresented in most democracies. This paper examines theoretically and empirically issues concerning womens empowerment, women at work and the factors that contribute to womens inequality, subjection and underdevelopment. It critically dissects the relevance of feminism and the womens movement in contemporary times.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. Women and the Classical tradition in Political Theory Origins and Evolution of Modern Feminism Different Perspectives in Feminism: Liberal, Socialist/Marxist, Radical and Postmodern 4. 5. 6. 7. Womens Suffrage and its impact on Electoral Politics Women in the Labour Market Debate about Quotas Womens input in social, economic and cultural policy matters in the post Cold War era 8. Women and the Political Process in South Asian Countries

Readings:
H. Asfah (ed.), Women and Politics in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1996. J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

E. Boserup, Women's Role in Economic Development, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1970.

Political Science

71

J. Charvet, Feminism London, Dent, 1982. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999. D. Coole, Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism, New York, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. N. F. Cott, The Grounding of Modern Feminism New Haven CT and London, Yale University Press, 1987. M. Donald (ed.), Bebels Woman and Socialism, London, Zwan Publications, 1988. H. Eisenstein, Contemporary Feminist Thought, London, Unwin, 1984. Z. A. Eisenstein (ed.), Capitalist Patriarchy and the Case for Socialist Feminism, New York and London, Monthly Review Press, 1979. , The Radical Future of Liberal Feminism, New York, Longman, 1981. J. B. Elshtain, The Family in Political Thought, Brighton, Harvester, 1982. Public Man, Private Woman: Women in Social and Political Thought, Oxford, Martin Robertson and Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press 1981. F. Engels, The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State, New York, Pathfinder Press, 1972. J. Evans, Feminism and Political Theory, London, Alfred A. Knopf, 1986. M. Evans (ed.), The Woman Question, London, Fontana, 1972. R. Evans, The Feminists, London, Croom Helm, 1977. B. Farnsworth, Aleksandra Kollantai: Socialism, Feminism and the Bolshevik Revolution , Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1980. G. Forbes, Women in Modern India, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 1976. M. Gatens, Feminism and Philosophy: Perspectives on Difference and Equality Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.

Political Science

72

J. Gelb, Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1989. C. Gilligan, In a Different Voice, Cambridge Massachusetts and London, Harvard University Press, 1982. J. Grant, Fundamental Feminism: Contesting the Core Concepts of Feminist Theory, New York, Routledge, 1993. J. Gray, Mill on Feminism, London, Routledge, 1983. A. Heitlinger, Women and State Socialism, London, Macmillan, 1979. R. Jahan, Women in South Asian Politics Mainstream, 15th August 1991, pp 1-6. E. Kennedy, and S. Mendus, Women in Western Political Philosophy, Brighton, Harvester, 1987. A. Kuhn and A.M. Wolpe (eds.), Feminism and Materialism: Women and the Modes of

Production, London Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1978.

R. Kumar, The History of Doing: An Illustrated Account of Movements for Women's Rights

and Feminism in India 1800-1900, London, Verso, 1993.

J. S. Mill, The Subjection of Women, London, Everyman, 1962. J. Mitchell, Women: The Longest Revolution, London, Virago, 1984. , and A. Oakley, What is Feminism? Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1986. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (eds.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press 1997. S. M. Okin, Women in Western Political Thought, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1979. , J.S. Mills The Subjection of Women, Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill, 1988. , Justice, Gender, and the Family, New York, Routledge, 1989. , and J. Mansbridge (eds.), Feminism, 3 Vols., London, Routledge, 1994.

Political Science

73

C. Pateman, The Disorder of Women, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. and E. Gross (eds.), Feminist Challenges: Social and Political Theory, Boston, Northeastern University Press, 1987. M. Pugh, Women and Womens Movement in Britain 1914-1959, London, Macmillan, 1992. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. J. Rendall, The Origins of Modern Feminism: Women in Britain, France and the United States

1760-1860, London, Macmillan, 1985.

R. Rohrlich, and B. E. Hoffman, Women in Search of Utopia: Mavericks and Mythmakers, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1984. A. Rossi, The Feminist Papers: From Adams to Beauvoir, New York, Columbia University Press, 1973. S. Rowbotham, L. Segal and H. Wainwright, Beyond the Fragment: Feminism and the Making

of Socialism, London, Merlin Press, 1979.

A. Saxonhouse, Women in the History of Political Thought: Ancient Greece to Machiavelli, New York, Praegar, 1985. G.J. Schochet,

Patriarchialism in Political Thought, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1975.

M. W. Sewall (ed.), The Worlds Congress of Representative Women, Chicago, Rand McNally and Co., 1994. M. L. Shanley, and C. Pateman, Feminist Interpretation and Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991. D. Spender (ed.), Feminist Theorists: Three Centuries of Key Women Thinkers, New York, Pantheon, 1983. R. Strachey, The Cause: A Short History of Womens Movement in Great Britain, London, Virago, 1976. M. Wollstonecraft, A Vindication of the Rights of Women, London, Everyman, 1929. I. M. Young, Justice and the Politics of Difference, Oxford, Princeton University Press, 1990.

Political Science

74

POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES
Paper-8 (d) Course Rationale:
This paper studies the role of different political ideologies and their impact in politics. Each ideology is critically studied in its historical context. In course of its evolution and development, the different streams and subtle nuances within each ideology, the changes and continuities in its doctrine and its relevance to contemporary times are highlighted. The close link between an idea and its actual realization in public policy needs to be explained as well. The philosophical basis of the ideologies is emphasized with special emphasis on key thinkers and their theoretical formulations. The legacy of all the major ideologies is to be critically assessed.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Political Ideologies: Meaning and Content Liberalism Communism Democratic Socialism Fascism and National Socialism Anarchism with reference to Gandhi Confucianism Nationalism

Readings:
B. Anderson, Imagined Communities, London, Verso, 1991. S. Avineri and A. de Shalit (eds.), Communitarianism and Individualism , Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1992. L. P. Baradat, Political Ideologies: Their Origins and Impact , Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1989.

Political Science

75

W. T. de Bary, Confucianism in Action, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1959. , The Liberal Tradition in China, Hong Kong and New York, Chinese University of Hong Kong Press, 1983. D. Bell, The End of Ideology, New York, The Free Press, 1960. R. N. Berki, Socialism, London, John Dent and Sons, 1975. Sir I. Berlin, Nationalism: Past Neglect and Present Power in H. Hardy (ed.) Against the

Current, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1981.

C. Boggs, The Socialist Tradition: From Crisis to Decline, New York, Routledge, 1995. J. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: the Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict , Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965. R. M. Christenson, et al., Ideologies and Modern Politics, London, Thomas Nelson and Sons, 1971. R. H. Cox, Ideology, Politics and Political Theory, Belmont California, Wadsworth, 1969. R. A. Daniels, A Documentary History of Communism and the West: From Revolution to

Collapse, New York, Holt, 1993.

L. Derfler, Socialism since Marx: A Century of the European Left, London, Macmillan, 1973. H. A. Fingarette, Confucius: The Secular as Sacred, New York, Harper and Row, 1972. M. Foley (ed.), Ideas that Shape Politics, Manchester UK, Manchester University Press, 1994. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992. C. Funderbunk and R.G. Thobaben, Political Ideologies: Left, Center and Right, New York, Harper Collins College Publishers, 1994. P. Gay, The Dilemma of Democratic Socialism: Eduard Bernsteins challenge to Marx, New York, Columbia University Press, 1952. E. Gellner, Nations and Nationalism, Oxford, Blackwell, 1983.

Political Science

76

J. Gray, Liberalism, Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1986. J. Gray, Liberalisms: Essays in Political Philosophy, London, Routledge, 1989. D. L. Hall and R. T. Ames, Thinking through Confucius, Albany NY, State University of New York Press, 1987. M. Harrington, Socialism: Past and After, New York, Arcade, 1989. D. Ingersoll and R.K. Mathews, The Philosophic Roots of Modern Ideologies: Liberalism,

Communism and Fascism, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1991.

R. N. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, New York, Oxford University Press, 1973. J. Joll, The Anarchists, London, Methuen, 1979. M. Kitchen, Fascism, London, Dent, 1979. W. Kymlicka, Contemporary Political Philosophy: An Introduction, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1990. H. J. Laski, The Rise of European Liberalism, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1967. L. Labedz, Revisionism: Essays on the History of Marxist Ideas, London, Allen and Unwin, 1962. W. Lerner, A History of Socialism and Communism in Modern Times: Theorists, Activists and

Humanists, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1995.

G. Lichtheim, A Short History of Socialism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1970. R. C. Macridis, Contemporary Political Ideologies: Movements and Regimes, New York, Harper Collins, 1992. K. Mannheim, Ideology and Utopia, New York, Harcourt, Brace, 1936. D. J. Manning, Liberalism, London, John Dent and Sons, 1976. H. C. Mansfield, The Spirit of Liberalism, Cambridge, Harvard University Press.

Political Science

77

P. Marshall, Demanding the Impossible: A History of Anarchism, London, Harper Collins, 1992. D. McLellan, Marxism after Marx, London, Macmillan, 1975. D. Miller, Anarchism, London, J.M. Dent and Sons, 1984. , On Nationality, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1995. E. Nolte, Three Faces of Fascism: Action Francaise, Italian Fascism, National Socialism, New York, New American Library, 1969. R. Mostafa, Comparative Political Ideologies, New York, St. Martins Press, 1984. R. Plant, Modern Political Thought, Cambridge, Basil Blackwell, 1991. G. H. Sabine, A History of Political Theory revised by T.L. Thorson, New Delhi, Oxford and IBH, 1973. M. Seliger, Ideology and Politics, London, Allen and Unwin, 1976. M. Q. Sibley, Political Ideas and Ideologies: A History of Political Thought, New Delhi, Surjeet Publications, 1981. N. O Sullivan, Fascism, London, J. M. Dent and Sons, 1983. P. F. D. Torre, E. Mortimer and J. Story, Eurocommunism: Myth or Reality, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1979. F. M. Watkins, The Age of Ideology-Political Thought from 1750 to the Present, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1964. G. Woodcock, Anarchism, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1963. , Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971.

Political Science

78

Political Science

79

M. A. COMPULSORY
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Modern Indian Political Thought Western Political Theory Indian Government and Politics Comparative Politics Politics of Developing Countries Contemporary Political Issues Theories of International Relations Major Ideas and Issues in Public Admini-stration Research Methodology

10. State Politics in India

Political Science

80

MODERN INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

PAPER-I Course Rationale:
The purpose of this paper is to generate a critical awareness about the distinctive features of the political theory tradition in modern India. The focal theme of the paper is the bearing of Indian philosophical systems of thought on social and political ideas and to what extent is Indian Political thought a rejection, derivative-imitation or innovative-transformation of Western Political Thought. It is an attempt to discuss systematically the political ideas of various political and social leaders and thinkers in modern India. It emphasizes on the distinctive contribution of modern Indian thinkers to political theorizing and the relative autonomy of Indian political thought.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Overview of Indian Political Thought: Genesis and Development The Indian Renaissance and Rammohun Roy to Vivekananda The Debate between the Moderates and the Extremists Revolutionary Nationalism Liberalism Gandhism Communism Socialism Composite Nationalism Critique of Caste System: Ambedkar and Periyar

Readings:
A. Appadorai, Documents on Political Thought in Modern India , 2 vols. Bombay Oxford University Press, 1970. , Indian Political Thinking Through the Ages, Delhi, Khanna Publishers, 1992.

Political Science

81

M. A. Azad, India Wins Freedom, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1988. J. Bandhopadhyaya, Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied, 1969. J. V. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict , Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965. N. K. Bose, Studies in Gandhism, Calcutta, Merit Publishers, 1962. R. J. Cashman, The Myth of the Lokmanya Tilak and Mass Politics in Maharasthra, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1975. B. Chandra, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979. P. Chatterjee and G. Pandey (eds.), Subaltern Studies VII, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1992. K. Damodaran, Indian Thought: A Critical Survey, London, Asia Publishing House, 1967. T. de Bary, Sources of Indian Tradition, New York, Columbia University Press, 1958. D. G. Dalton, Indias Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo

Ghose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi, Academic Press, 1982.
A. R. Desai, Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Bombay, Popular, 1954. A. Diehl, E.V. Ramaswami Naicker - Periyar: A Study of the Influence of a Personality in

Contemporary South India, Lund Esselte Studium, 1977.

R. P. Dutt, India Today, Calcutta, Manisha, 1970. A. T. Embree (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition: from the Beginning to 1800, India, Penguin Books, 1991. R. Gandhi, Eight Lives: A Study of the Hindu-Muslim Encounter, Albany, NY, State University of New York Press, 1986. V. Geetha and S. V. Raja Durai, Towards a Non Brahmin Millennium: Iyothee Thass to

Periyar Calcutta, Samya, 1998.

S. Ghose, The Renaissance to Militant Nationalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1969. , Socialism, Democracy and Nationalism in India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1973. , Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984.

Political Science

82

U. N. Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas, London, Oxford University Press, 1959. J. P. Haithcox, Communism and Nationalism in India: M. N. Roy and Comitern Policy , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971. R. Hardgrave, The Dravidian Movement, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1965. S. Hay, Sources of Indian Tradition: Modern India and Pakistan, India, Penguin Books, 1991. C. Heimsath, Indian Nationalism and Social Reform, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1964. R. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1973. T. N. Jagdisan (ed.), Wisdom of a Modern Rishi: Writings and Speeches of Mahadev Gobind

Ranade, Madras, Rouchbuse, 1969.

K. Jones, Socio-Religious Reform Movement in British India, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1984. K. N. Kadam (ed.), Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, New Delhi, Sage, 1992. M. J. Kanetkar, Tilak and Gandhi: A Comparative Study, Nagpur, Author, 1935. V. B. Karnik, M. N. Roy: Political Biography, Bombay, Jagriti, 1978. K. P. Karunakaran, Modern Indian Political Tradition, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1962. , Religious and Political Awakening in India, Begum Bridge, Meenakshi Prakashanm 1969. , Indian Politics from Dadabhai Naoroji to Gandhi: A Study of Political Ideas of

Modern India, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1975.

, Gandhi- Interpretations, New Delhi, Gitanjali Publishing House, 1985. D. G. Karve, and D. V. Ambedkar, Speeches and Writings of Gopal Krishna Gokhale, Bombay, Asia, 1966. U. Kaura, Muslims and Indian Nationalism, New Delhi, Manohar, 1977. R. M. Lohia, Marx, Gandhi and Socialism, Hyderabad, Nav Hind, 1953.

Political Science

83

V. P. Luthra, The Concept of Secular State and India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1964. G. R. Madan, Western Sociologists on Indian Society, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1979. V. R. Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar, 1992. B. B. Majumdar, Militant Nationalism in India and Its Socio-Religious Background 1897-1917, Calcutta, General Printers, 1960. M. Mohanty, Revolutionary Violence: A Study of the Marxist Movement in India, New Delhi, Sterling, 1977. S. Mukherjee, Gandhian Thought: Marxist Interpretation, New Delhi Deep & Deep, 1991. B. R. Nanda, Gokhale, Gandhi and the Nehrus: Studies in Indian Nationalism, London, Allen and Unwin, 1974. , Gandhi and His Critics, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. , The Making of a Nation: Indias Road to Independence, New Delhi, Harper Collins, 1998. J. P. Narayan, Prison Diary, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1977. V. S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978. J. Nehru, Discovery of India, London, Meridian Books, 1956. K. Nambi Arooran, Tamil Renaissance and Dravidian Nationalism: 1905-1944, Madurai, Koodal Publishes, 1980. G. Omvedt, Dalits and the Democratic Revolution: Dr. Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement

in Colonial India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.

G. D. Overstreet and M. Windmiller, Communism in India, Bombay, Perennial, 1960. T. Pantham, and K. Deustch (eds.), Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi, Sage, 1986. B. Parekh, Colonialism, Tradition and Reform: Analysis of Gandhis Political Discourse , New Delhi, Sage, 1989.

Political Science

84

and T. Pantham (eds.), Political Discourse: Exploration in Indian and Western Political Thought, New Delhi, Sage, 1987. B. Prasad, Jayaprakash Narayan: Quest and Legacy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1992. S. Radhakrishnan, Eastern Religion and Western Thought, London, Oxford University Press, 1940. S. Ramamoorthy, Freedom and The Dravidian Movement, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1982. N. R. Ray (ed.), Rajamohan Roy: A Bi-centenary Tribute, Calcutta, Asiatic Society, 1975. D. P. Roy, Leftist Politics in India: M.N. Roy and the Radical Democratic Party, Calcutta, Minerva, 1989. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, Gandhi- The Traditional Roots of Charisma , Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1983. S. Saraswati, Towards Self Respect: Periyar EVR on a New World, Madres New Century Book House, 1994. J. Sarkar, India Through the Ages: A Survey of the Growth of Indian Life and Thought , Calcutta, M.C. Sarkar and Sons, 1928. S. Sarkar, Bengal Renaissance and Other Essays, New Delhi, PPH, 1970. T. V. Satyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India, Vol. 3, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996. B. S. Sharma, The Political Philosophy of M.N. Roy, Delhi, National Publishing House, 1965. R. A. Sinari, The Structure of Indian Thought, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. N. Subramanian, Ethnicity and Populist Mobilization: Political Parties, Citizens and Democracy in South Asia, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999. M. Sykes (trans.), Moved by Love: The Memoirs of Vinobha Bhave, Hyderabad, Gandhi Darshan, 1973. A. Tripathi, The Extremist Challenge, Bombay, Allied, 1967. V. P. Verma, Modern Indian Political Thought, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal, 1974. S. A. Wolpert, Tilak and Gokhale, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1962. , Jinnah of Pakistan, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1984. G. Woodcock, Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971.

Political Science

85

WESTERN POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-II Course Rationale:
This paper focuses on the nature and significance of political theory as it evolved and analyzes its contemporary relevance. It explains the continuing significance of the study of the classics and indicates its shortcomings by underlining the need to incorporate new perspectives that have arisen in recent past. The different interpretations that a political theory text is subjected too are scrutinized. Furthermore the debate about the decline and the subsequent reasons for revival of political theory is examined. In addition the claims about the end of ideology and the end of history is critically analyzed.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Nature and Significance of Political Theory Importance of the Classical Tradition Different Interpretations in Political Theory Limitations of the Classical Tradition Debate about the Decline of Political Theory Nature of Revival of Political Theory Debate about the End of Ideology and its Impact on Political Theory Debate about the End of History Recent Trends in Political Theory Green Political Theory

Readings:
B. Axford, G.K. Browning, R. Huggins, B. Rosamond and J. Turner, Politics: An Introduction, London and New York, Routledge, 1997. B. Barry, Democracy, Power and Justice: Essays in Political Theory, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1989.

Political Science

86

, The Liberal Theory of Justice, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1973. D. Bell, The End of Ideology, New York, The Free Press, 1960. Sir I. Berlin, Does Political Theory Still Exist? In Philosophy, Politics and Society, 2nd series, ed. P. Laslett and W.G. Runciman, Oxford, Blackwell, 1964. J. Blondel, The Discipline of Politics, London, Butterworths, 1981. A. Botwinick and W.E. Connolly (ed.), Democracy and Vision- Sheldon Wolin and the

Vicissitude of the Political, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 2001.

A. Brecht, A, Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century Political Thought , Bombay, The Times of India Press 1965. M. Burns, Ideas in Conflict: The Political Theories of the Contemporary World, London, Methuen, 1963. A. Cobban, The Decline of Political Theory, Political Science Quarterly, 1953, LXVIII, pp. 321-337. , In Search of Humanity, New York, Braziller, 1960. W. E. Connolly, The Terms of Political Discourse, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1983. N. Daniels (ed.), Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975. A. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Unwin Hyman, 1990. D. Easton, The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political Science, New York, Wiley, 1953. D. Easton, The future of the postbehavioural phase in political science, in Contemporary

Empirical Political Theory, K.R.Monroe (ed.), Berkeley, University of California Press, 1997.
H. Eulau, The Behavioural Persuasion in Politics, New York, Random House, 1964. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992. D. Germino, Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, New York, Harper and Row, 1967.

Political Science

87

R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992. and P. Petit (eds.), A Companion to Contemporary Political Philosophy, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1993. , and H. D. Klingemann (eds.), A New Handbook of Political Science, Oxford,

Oxford University Press, 1996. J. G. Gunnell, Political Theory: Tradition and Interpretation, Cambridge, Winthrop, 1979. , Between Philosophy and Politics: The Alienation of Political Theory, Amherst Massachusetts, University of Massachusetts Press, 1986. A. Hacker, Political Theory: Philosophy, Ideology and Science, New York, Macmillan, 1961. J. Hampton, Political Philosophy, USA, Westview Press, 1997. D. Held, Political Theory Today, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991. A. Heywood, Political Theory: An Introduction, London, Macmillan, 1999. G. Kateb, Political Theory: Its Nature and Uses, New York, St. Martins Press, 1968. P. Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflict

from 1500-2000, London, Fontana 1988.

T. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1970. W. Kymlicka, Contemporary Political Philosophy: An Introduction, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1990. P. Laslett and W. G. Runciman (eds.), Philosophy, Politics and Society, Series 1-5, Oxford, Blackwell, 1956-79 S. M. Lipset, Political Man, New York, Doubleday, 1963. D. Marsh and G. Stoker, Theory and Methods in Political Science, London, Macmillan, 1995. D. Miller and L. Siedentop (eds.), The Nature of Political Theory, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1983.

Political Science

88

S. Mulhall and A. Swift, Liberals and Communitarians, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1992. T. Parsons, Sociological Theory and Modern Society, New York, The Free Press, 1967. R. Plant, Community and Ideology, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1974. , Modern Political Thought, Oxford, Blackwell, 1991. A. Quinton (ed.), Political Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1967. G. H. Sabine, What is Political Theory?, Journal of Politics, 1939, 1(1). M. Sandel, Liberalism and the Limits of Justice, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1982. Q. Skinner, Meaning and Understanding in the History of Ideas, History and Theory, 1969, 8, pp.3-53. L. Strauss, What is Political Philosophy and Other Studies? Glencoe, The Free Press, 1959. V. Van Dyke, Political Theory: A Philosophical Analysis, Stanford, CA, Stanford University Press, 1960. A. Vincent, Political Theory: Tradition and Diversity, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1997. J. Wolff, An Introduction to Political Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996. R. P. Wolff, Understanding Rawls, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977. S. Wolin, Political Theory as a vocation, American Political Science Review , 1969 LXII, pp. 1062-82. S. Wolin, Political Theory: From Vocation to Invocation, in: Vocations of Political Theory, (eds.), J.A. Frank and J. Tambornino, Minneapolis, London, University of Minnesota Press, 2000. D. Worster, Nature's Economy: A History of Ecological Ideas, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1994.

Political Science

89

INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

PAPER-III Course Rationale:
The social and economic processes that underlie the functioning of the political system in India are the focus of this paper. One needs to understand that the Indian Constitution was intended to provide a framework for a modern, secular and democratic society and simultaneously perform the onerous task of bringing about development in an relatively impoverished and backward country. This hope and subsequent relative success and failure has to be analyzed in detail. The experience of last fifty years and the new challenges ahead in the context of globalization, liberalization and greater democratic expansion from below needs to be examined.

Course Content:
1. 2. Background of the Constituent Assembly: composition and working Ideological contents: Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy 3. 4. Constitution as an instrument of social change: amendment process Federalism and its working with reference to Centre-State relations, and demands for state autonomy 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Union Government: President, Prime Minister, Cabinet and Parliament State Government: Governor, Chief Minister and State Legislative Assemblies. Supreme Court and the constitutional process, Judicial Activism Nature of the Party System: National and Regional Parties, Pressure Groups Impact of caste, religion, regionalism and language. Critical Assessment: Success and Failures

Readings:
S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965.

Political Science

90

B. Arora and D. V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Fedralism in

a Comparative Perspective, Delhi, Konark, 1995.

T. R. Andhyarujina, Judicial Activism and Constitutional Democracy in India , Bombay, N.M. Tripathi, 1992. W. Andersen and S. Damle, The Brotherhood in Saffron: The Rashtriya Swayamsevak

Sangh and Hindu Revivalism, New Delhi, Vistaar/Sage Publications, 1987.

Y. Atal (ed.), Understanding Indian Society, New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1993. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , The Constitution, Society and Law, in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. J. P. Bansal, Supreme Court: Judicial Restraint versus Judicial Activism, Jaipur, Unique, 1985. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, London, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern

Age, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

A. Basu, Two faces of Protest: Contrasting Modes of Womens Activism, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1992. D. D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994. U. Baxi, The Indian Supreme Court and Politics, Delhi, Eastern Book Company, 1980. , The Crisis of the Indian Legal System, New Delhi, Vikas, 1982. and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage 1994. K. L. Bhatia, Judicial review and Judicial Activism: A Comparative Study of India and

Germany from an Indian Perspective, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1997.

Political Science

91

C. Bettleheim, Independent India, London, MacGibban, 1968. C. P. Bhambri, The Indian State: fifty years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1999. K. R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. P. R. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence , 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1994. , Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya Publications, 1984-1985. , Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom Helm, 1985. , Pluralism, Regionalism and Decentralizing Tendencies in Contemporary Indian Politics in A. Wilson and D. Dalton (eds.), The States of South Asia: Problems of National

Integration, London, Hurst, 1982.

, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University Press, 1974, J. Brown, Modern India: the Origins of an Asian Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. L. Calman, Toward Empowerment: Women and Movement Politics in India, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1992. M. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997, A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1965. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism: The Rights of Religious Minorities , Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999. P. Chatterjee, The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1993.

Political Science

92

(ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. S. K. Chaube, Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, Peoples' Publishing House, 1973. and B. Chakraborty, Social Movements in Contemporary India, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi & Company, 1999. P. Chowdhary, The Veiled Women: Shifting Gender Equations in Rural Haryana 1880-1990, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1994. S. Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

Committee on the Status of Women in India 1974, Towards Equality, New Delhi, Government of India, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare. B. Dasgupta and W. H. Morris-Jones, Patterns and Trends in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1976. J. Dasgupta, Language Conflict and National Development, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1970. M. Dubey (ed.), Indian Society Today: Challenges of Equality, Integration and Empowerment, New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1995. L. Dumont, Homo Hierarchies, London, Paladin, 1970. B. L. Fadia, State Politics in India, 2 vols., New Delhi, Radiant, 1984. F. R. Frankel, Indias Political Economy 1947-1977: The Gradual Revolution , Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1978. and M. S. A. Rao (eds.), Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline

of a Social Order, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989.

and et.al., (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. C. Fuller, Caste Today, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1996. and C. Jaffrelog (eds,), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998.

Political Science

93

B. Graham, Hindu Nationalism and Indian Politics: The Origins and Development of the

Bharatiya Jana Sangh, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990.

A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, Indias Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972. R. L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation , New York, Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965. S. Harrison, India: The Most Dangerous Decades, Princeton NJ, Princeton University press, 1960. R. Inden, Imaging India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1990. C. Jaffrelot, The Hindu Nationalist Movement in India, New York, Columbia University Press, 1996. N. G. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001. B. Jalan (ed.), The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, New Delhi, Viking, 1992. I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of the Indian Constitution, London, Oxford University Press, 1953. P. Karat, Language and Nationality Politics in India, Bombay, Orient Longman, 1973. S. Kashyap, Our Parliament: An Introduction to the Parliament of India, Delhi, NBT, 1989. (ed.), Judicial Activism and Lok Pal, New Delhi, Uppal, 1997. A. Kaushik, Democratic Concerns: The Indian Experience, Jaipur, Alekh, 1994. S. Kaushik (ed.,), Indian Government and Politics, Delhi University, Directorate of Hindi Implementation, 1990. S. Kaviraj, Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. S. Khilnani, The Idea of India, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1997. R. D. King, Nehru and the Language Politics of India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1997. S. Kochanek, Business and Politics in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1974.

Political Science

94

A. Kohli (ed.), Indias Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State- Society Relations , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988. , Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, State Against Democracy: In Search for Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988. (ed.), State and Nation Building, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1976. , Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. M. P. Krishna Shety, Fundamental Rights and Socio-Economic Justice in the Indian

Constitution, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House, 1969.

A. Kumar (ed.), Nation-Building in India: Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1999. B. Kuppuswamy, Social Change in India, New Delhi, Vikas Publications, 1972. A. Lijphart, The Puzzle of Indian Democracy: A Consociational Interpretation, American

Political Science Review, 90, 2, 1996.

T. N. Madan, Modern Myths, Locked Minds: Secularism and Fundamentalism in India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. N. N. Mallya, Indian Parliament, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1970. J. Manor (ed.), Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India, Delhi, Viking, 1994. B. Moore, Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy: Lord and Peasant in the Making

of the Modern World, Boston, Beacon Press, 1966.

Political Science

95

W. H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, Delhi, BI Publications, 1974. K. M. Munshi, The President Under the Indian Constitution, Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1963. G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. D. Nayyar, Economic Liberalization in India: Analytics, Experience and Lessons, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1996. A. G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India: The President, Parliament and the States, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. P. Oldenberg (ed.), India Briefing: 1995, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1995. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990. N. D. Palmer, Elections in India: Its Social Basis, Calcutta, KP Bagchi, 1982. B. Prasad, Ideas and Men Behind Indias Constitution: Selected Speeches from the

Constituent Assembly Debates, 1946-49, New Delhi, Konark, 2001.

M. V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977. , An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998. A. Ray, Tension Areas in Indias Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press, 1970. J. K. Ray, India in Search of Good Governance, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 2001. G. Rosen, Democracy and Economic Change in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1966. R. Roy, Bureaucracy and Development, New Delhi, Manas Publications, 1974. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi- The Political Economy of the Indian

State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.

Political Science

96

N. C. Sahni, (ed.), Coalition Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic Publishing Company, 1971. M. C. Setalvad, Union and State Relations under the Indian Constitution, Calcutta, Eastern Law House, Calcutta, 1975. M. M. Sankhdher, Framework of Indian Politics, Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1983. T. V. Sathyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India: Structures of Power,

Movements of Resistance , Vols. 4., Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996.

J. R. Siwarch, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1985. V. Shiva, Staying Alive: Women, Ecology and Survival in India, New Delhi, Kali for Women, 1989. M. Shakir, State & Politics in Contemporary India, Delhi, Ajantha, 1986. L. N. Sharma, The Indian Prime Minister: Office and Powers, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1976. S. R. Sharma, The Indian Federal Structure, Allahabad, Central Book Depot, 1967. Singh, M.P. and H. Roy (eds.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies, Development, New Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995. and R. Saxena (eds.), Ideologies and Institutions in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1998. G. Smith (ed.), Federalism: The Multi Ethnic Challenge, Harlow, Longman, 1995. M. N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1962. , Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966. , The Cohesive Role of Sanskritization and other Essays, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. B. Tapan, Khaki Shorts & Saffron Flags: A Critique of the Hindu Right, Columbia, Columbia University Press, 1993.

Political Science

97

R. Thakur, The Government & Politics of India, London, Macmillan, 1995. A. Vanaik, The Painful Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990. S. P. Verma and C.P. Bhambri (eds.), Elections and Political Consciousness in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. P. Wallace (ed.), Region and Nation in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. M. Weiner, Party Politics in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. , The Politics of Scarcity: Public Pressure and Political Response in India, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1962. , The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1999. E. Zelliot, Gandhi and Ambedkar: a study in leadership in M. Mahar (ed.),

The Untouchables in Contemporary India, Tuscon, University of Arizona Press, 1972.

, From Untouchables to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, Delhi, Manohar, 1992.

COMPARATIVE POLITICS
PAPER-IV Course Rationale:
This paper deals with the theoretical evolution and approaches to the study of Comparative Politics. The paper intends to highlight on variations in systematic characteristics and processes, to equip us with a sound grasp of methodology of comparison and to enable thus to understand alternative theoretical models and explanations. It analyzes in a comparative way, a fundamental grasp over the various theories and explanations regarding political development in the third world countries. The paper concentrates specifically on some of the major paradigms or worldviews, which have elicited different theories of development, underdevelopment and change in the study of Comparative Politics.

Political Science

98

Course Content:
1. Comparative Method in the study of political system- Approaches: Political Sociology, Political Economy, and Structural Functionalism. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Political Culture and Political Socialization Theories of State Constitutionalism Classes and Political Elites Political Parties Pressure Groups and Social Movements Political Development Theories of Political Conflict Theories of Social Change

Readings:
G. A. Almond, and J. S. Coleman, The Politics of the Developing Areas , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1960. and S. Verba, The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five Nations, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963. (eds.), The Civic Culture Revisited, Boston, Little Brown, 1989. , and G. B. Powell Jr., Comparative Politics: A Development Approach, Boston, Little Brown, 1966. , Comparative Politics Today: A World View, 7th edn., New York, London, Harper/ Collins, 2000. S. Amin, Accumulation on a World Scale: A Critique of the Theory of Underdevelopment, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1974. D. E. Apter, The Politics of Modernization, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1965. H. Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism, New York, Harcourt, 1966.

Political Science

99

P. Baran, The Political Economy of Growth , New York, Monthly Review Press, 1957. A. Bebler and J. Seroka (eds.), Contemporary Political Systems: Classifications and

Typologies, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Reinner Publishers, 1990.

C. Brinton, The Anatomy of Revolution, New York, Vintage Books, 1952. P. Calvert, Study of Revolution, New York, Oxford University Press, 1970. L. J. Cantori and A. H. Zeigler (ed.), Comparative Politics in the Post-Behaviouralist Era, London, Lynne Reinner Publisher, 1988. M. Carnoy, The State and Political Theory, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1984. R. H. Chilcote, Theories of Comparative Politics: The Search for a Paradigm Reconsidered, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1994. R. Cole (ed.), European Political Systems, 2nd edn., New York, Knopf, 1959. A. Downs, An Economic Theory of Democracy, New York, Harper and Row, 1957. O. Dunleavy and B. O Leary, Theories of Liberal Democratic State, London, Macmillan, 1987. D. Easton, The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political Science, New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1953. , A Systems Analysis of Political Life, New York, Wiley, 1965. S. N. Eisenstadt, Modernization: Protest and Change, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice-Hall, 1966. , Essays on Comparative Institutions, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1964. J. Harbermas, New Social Movements, Telos, 49, Fall, 1981. R. Hague and M. Harrop, Comparative Government and Politics: An Introduction, 5th edn., New York, Palgrave, 2001. H. Finer, Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, Methuen, 1969. J. E. Goldthrope, The Sociology of Post-Colonial Societies: Economic Disparity, Cultural

Diversity and Development, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

Political Science

100

S. P. Huntington, Political Order in Changing Societies , New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1968. H. H. Hyman, Political Socialization: A Study in the Psychology of Political Behaviour, New York, The Free Press, 1959. J. C. Johari, Comparative Political Theory: New Dimensions, Basic Concepts and Major

Trends, New Delhi, Sterling, 1987.

D. Krishna, Political Development: A Critical Perspective, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1979. K. Kumar, Revolution: The Theory and Practice of a European Idea, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1971. K. P. Langton, Political Socialization, New York, Oxford, University Press, 1969. S. M. Lipset, Political Man, New York, Doubleday, 1960. R.C. Macridis, The Study of Comparative Government, New York, Doubleday, 1955. , Modern European Governments: Cases in Comparative Policy-Making, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. and R. E. Ward, Modern Political Systems: Europe, and Asia, 2nd edn. Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, London, Longman, 1991. B. Mazlish, A.D. Kaledin and D.B. Ralston (eds.), Revolution: A Reader , New York, Macmillan, 1971. B. Moore Jr., The Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy, Harmondsworth, Pelican, 1966. T. Parsons, The Social System, New York, The Free Press, 1967. L. W. Pye (ed.), Communication and Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.

Political Science

101

, Aspects of Political Development, Boston, Little Brown, 1966. and S. Verba, (eds), Political Culture and Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1966. V. Randall and R. Theobald, Political Change and Underdevelopment: A Critical Introduction

to Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1985.

R. I. Rotberg (ed.), Politics and Political Change: A Journal of Inter-Disciplinary History

Reader, Massachusetts, MIT Press, 2001.

G. Sartori, Parties and Party Systems: A Framework for Analysis, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1976. T. Skocpol, States and Social Relations: A Comparative Analysis of France, Russia and

China, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979.

A. Stephan, Arguing Comparative Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2001. O. Tornquist, Politics and Development, Delhi, Sage, 1999. H. J. Wiarda (ed.), New Developments in Comparative Politics, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1986.

POLITICS OF DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

PAPER-V Course Rationale:
Beginning with Politics of Developing Areas, many works in the same genre have appeared. Most of the developing countries face similar political, social and economic challenges and problems and the solutions are very often similar. An attempt is made to critically analyze these challenges and problems in a comparative perspective and to have an understanding of the relative successes and failures of individual countries in dealing with their challenges and problems. There is also a need to highlight the wide variety within the developing world in context of political development, economic prosperity and democratization.

Political Science

102

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Genesis of Colonialism Types of Colonialism Nature of anti colonial Struggle Post colonial State Political Leadership Political Institutions Constitutionalism Political Parties New Social Movement

10. Waves of Democratic Expansion: recent trends

Readings:
H. Alavi and T. Shanin, Sociology of Developing Societies, London, Macmillan, 1982. S. Amin, Accumulation on a World Scale: A Critique of the Theory of Underdevelopment, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1974. B. Anderson, Imagined Communities: Reflections of the Origin and Spread of the

Nationalism, 2nd edn., London, Verso, 1991.

Z. F. Arat, Democracy and Human Rights in the Developing Countries, London, Verso, 1992. H. Asfah (ed.), Women and Politics in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1996. M. Berger, The End of the Third World, Third World Quartely, 15/2, 1994. J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

P. Cammack, D. Pool and W. Tordoff, Third World Politics: A Comparative Introduction, 2nd edn. London, Macmillan, 1993. C. Clapham, Third World Politics: An Introduction, Beckenham, Croom Helm, 1985. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999.

Political Science

103

L. Diamond (ed.), Political Culture and Democracy in Developing Countries, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993. D. Engels and S. Marks (eds.), Contesting Colonial Hegemony, State and Society in Africa

and India, London, I. B. Tauris, 1994.

J. A. Ferguson, The Third World, in R. J. Vincent (ed.), Foreign Policy and Human Rights, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996. D. K. Fieldhouse, The West and the Third World: trade, Colonialism, Dependence and

Development, Oxford, Blackwell, 1999.

F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth Penguin, 1992. J. Gelb, Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1989. A. Giddens, The Consequences of Modernity, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990. J. Harbermas, New Social Movements, Telos, 49, Fall, 1981. N. Harris, The End of the Third World: Newly Industrializing Countries and the Decline of

an Ideology, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1986.

P. Harrison, Inside the Third World, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1981. K. Hajdor, Dictionary of Third World Terms, London, Penguin, 1993. J. Haynes, Third World Politics: A Concise Introduction, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1996. , Religion in Third World Politics, Buckingham, Open University Press, 1993. D. Held, and D. Archibugi (eds.), Cosmopolitan Democracy: An Agenda for a New World

Order, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1995.

B. Hettne, Developmental Theory and the Three Worlds, Harlow, Longman, 1995. M. Kamrava, Politics and Society in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1993. S. D. Krasner, Structural Conflict: The Third World against Global Liberalism. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1985. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, Harlow, Longman, 1991.

Political Science

104

J. Midgal, Strong Societies and Weak States, State-Society Relations and State Capabilities in the Third World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988. A. L. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1995. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Buckingham, Open University Press, 1995. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press 1997. R. Packenham, The Dependency Movement: Scholarship and Politics in Dependency Studies, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1992. A. Pourgerami, Development and Democracy in the Third World, Boulder Colorado, Westview, Press, 1991. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. (ed.), Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage, 1988. and R. Theobald, Political Change and Underdevelopment: A Critical Introduction

to Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1985.

W. Rodney, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, London, Bogle l Ouverture, 1972. P. Schmitter and L. Whitehead (eds.), Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Prospects for Democracy, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986. B. Smith, Understanding Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1996. R. Slater, B. Schutz and S. Dorr (eds.), Global Transformation and the Third World, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993. M. P. Tadaro, Economic Development in the Third World, 5th edn., New York, Longman, 1994. A. Thomas et al., Third World Atlas, 2nd edn., Buckingham, Open University Press, 1994. G. White, R. Murray and C. White, Revolutionary Socialist Movements in the Third World, Brighton, Wheatsheaf, 1983.

Political Science

105

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ISSUES

PAPER-VI Course Rationale:
Social, economic, cultural and humanitarian concerns have come to the forefront relegating issues of security to the background in the most well established democracies in the post Cold War period. These concerns also find their advocates in the relatively underdeveloped countries of the Third World. There is a need to examine to what extent are these concerns new or are they a redefinition of old ideas with a fresh look. The objective of this paper is to examine critically these concerns and analyze their impact on the course of world politics and policy-making initiatives both globally and within individual countries.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Factors leading to the end of the Cold War Contemporary Issues in Post Cold War period Key Issues in North South Relationship Globalization Gender Issues Environmental Issues Human Rights Terrorism Nature of the State and the Liberalization Process Development Issues

Readings:
M. Albrow and E. King (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London, Sage, 1990. , The Global Age, Cambridge, Polity, 1996. P. Allan and K. Goldman (eds.), The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff, 1992.

Political Science

106

J. Anderson, C. Brook and A. Cockrane (eds.), A Global World? Re-ordering Political Space, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. H. Arendt, On Violence in Crises of the Republic, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1973. R. Aron, Peace and War, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1966. H. Asfah (ed.), Women and Politics in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1996. A. Bramwell, Ecology in the Twentieth Century: A History, New Haven CT and London, Yale University Press, 1989. M. Bowker and R. Brown (eds.), From Cold War to Collapse , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1993. I. Brownlie (ed.), Basic Documents on Human Rights, 2nd edn., Oxford, the Clarendon Press, 1992. R. Burbach, O. Nnez and B. Kagatlitsky, Globalization and its Discontents: The Rise of

Postmodern Socialisms, London, Pluto, 1997.

J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

S. E. M. Charlton, J. Everett and K. Staudt (eds.), Women, the State and Development, Albany, State University of New York, 1989. R. Clutterbuck, Terrorism and Guerilla Warfare, London, Routledge, 1990. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999. M. Cranston, What are Human Rights? London, Bodley Head, 1973. R. Dalton, The Green Rainbow: Environmental Groups in Western Europe, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994. and M. Kuechler, Challenging the Political Order: New Social and Political

Movements in Western Democracies, Cambridge, Polity, 1990.

and M. Wattenberg, Politics without Partisans: Political Change in Advanced

Industrial Democracies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000.

Political Science

107

P. Dicken, Global Shift: The Internationalization of Economic Activity, London, Paul Chapman, 1992. A. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Routledge, 1990. J. Donnelly, The Concept of Human Rights, London, Croom Helm, 1985. I. Duchacek, Power Maps: The Comparative Politics of Constitutions , Santa Barbara California, ABC Clio, 1973. O. Dunleavy and B. O Leary, Theories of Liberal Democratic State, London, Macmillan, 1987. A. Durning, Action at the Grassroots, Washington DC, Worldwatch Institute, World Papers No. 88, 1989. K. Dyson, State Tradition in Western Europe: A Study of an Idea and Institution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1980. R. Eatwell (ed.), European Political Cultures: Conflict or Convergence? London and New York, Routledge, 1997. R. Eckersley, Environmentalism and Political Theory: An Ecocentric Approach, London, UCL Press, 1992. A. Escobar and S. Alvarez (eds.), The Making of Social Movements in Latin America:

Identity, Strategy and Democracy, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1992.

P. Ekins, A New World Order: Grassroots Movements for Global Change, London, Routledge, 1992. J. Fisher, The Road from Rio: Sustainable Development and Non governmental Movement

in the Third World, Westport Connecticut, Praegar, 1993.

F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth Penguin, 1992. A. Giddens, The Consequences of Modernity, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990. J. Gelb, Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1989.

Political Science

108

A. Gewirth, Human Rights: Essays on Justification and Applications, Chicago and London, University of Chicago Press, 1982. R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992. B. Hettne, Developmental Theory and the Three Worlds, Harlow, Longman, 1995. R. Holton, Globalization and the Nation State, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998. A. M. Hoogvelt, Globalization and the Post-colonial World: The New Political Economy of

Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997.

S. P. Huntington, The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century, Norman, University of Oklahoma Press, 1991. R. Inglehart, The Silent Revolution: Changing Values and Political Styles among Western

Publics, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977.

M. Ignatieff, Human Rights as Politics and Idolatory, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 2001. A. Jamieson, The Modern Mafia, Conflict Studies, No 224, Research Institute for the Study of Conflict and Terrorism, London, 1989. W. Lacquer, Terrorism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1977. , The Age of Terrorism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1987. J. McCormick, The Global Environment Movement, London, Belhaven, 1989. D. H. Meadows, D.L. Meadows and J. Randers (eds.), Beyond the Limits: Global Collapse

or a Sustainable Society, Sequel to the Limits of Growth, London, Earthscan, 1992.

A. I. Melden (ed.), Human Rights, Belmont California, Wadsworth, 1970. B. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.

Political Science

109

D. Pearce, A. Markandaya and E. Barbier, Blueprint for a Green Economy , London, Earthscan, 1989. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. D. D. Raphael (ed.), Political Theory and the Rights of Man, London, Macmillan, 1967. S. Reynolds, Women, State and Revolution: Essays on Power and Gender in Europe since

1979, Brighton, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1986.

B. M. Russett, Grasping the Democratic Peace: Principles for a Post-Cold War World , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 19993. A. P. Schmidt and A.J. Jongman (eds.), Political Terrorism: A New Guide to Actors, Authors,

Concepts, Data Bases, Theories and Literature, 2nd edn., Amsterdam, North Holland
Publishing Co., 1988. R. L. Sivard, Women: A World Survey, Washington DC, World Priorities, 1985. N. O Sullivan (ed.), Terrorism, Ideology and Revolution: The Origins of Modern Political

Violence, Brighton, Wheatsheaf, 1986.

J. A. Tickner, Gendering World Politics: Issues and Approaches in the Post Cold War Era, New York, Columbia University Press, 2001. D. C. Thomas, The Helsinki Effect- International Norms, Human Rights and the Demise of

Communism, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 2001.

R. Tuck, Natural Rights Theories, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979. J. J. Waldron (Ed.), Theories of Rights, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984. P. Wilkinson, Terrorism and the Liberal State, 3rd edn., Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994.

Political Science

110

THEORIES OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

PAPER-VII Course Rationale:
This paper deals with the different approaches and methods of studying international relations along with an emphasis on some important contemporary issues. One very important component of this paper is the theoretical postulates about power and the actual operation of it in contemporary international politics. The concept of non-alignment, arms control and disarmament, the regional organizations of South and South East Asia and the major areas of conflict and cooperation in South and West needs also to be dealt in detail and analytically. It incorporates social, economic and humanitarian issues that have come to the forefront in the post-Cold War period.

Course Content:
1. 2. Development of the study International Relations Theories of International Relations: Realism, Idealism and World State Theory, Marxist theory and Pluralist theory 3. 4. 5. The Concept of Power: Its Constituents and Limitations The Struggle for Power: as status quo, as imperialism and as prestige The Management of Power: Balance of Power, Collective Security and Cooperative Security, Changing nature of national power 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. The concept of Non Alignment: Bases, Role and Relevance Disarmament and Arms Control: CTBT, NPT and PNE Regional Organizations: SAARC and ASEAN Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization Emerging Issues: Humanitarian intervention, Sanctions, Human Rights, Environmentalism, Terrorism and Democratic expansion.

Readings:
P. Allan and K. Goldman (eds.), The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff, 1992. A. Appadorai, National Interest and Non-Alignment, New Delhi, Kalinga Publications, 1999.

Political Science

111

R. Aron, Peace and War: A Theory of International Relations, London, Fontana, 1966. R. Axelrod, The Evolution of Co-operation, New York, Basic Books, 1984. D. A. Baldwin (ed.), Neo-realism and Neo-liberalism, New York, Columbia University Press, 1993. (ed.), Paradoxes of Power, New York, Basil Blackwell, 1989. J. C. Bennett (ed.), Nuclear Weapons and the Conflict of Conscience, New York, Charles Scribners Sons, 1962. D. G. Brennan (ed.), Arms Control, Disarmament and National Security, New York, George Braziller, 1961. I. Brownlie (ed.), Basic Documents on Human Rights, 2nd edition, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1981. M de Bueno and D. Lalman, War and Reason: Domestic and International Imperatives , New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1992. H. Bull, The Control of the Arms Race, New York, Praeger, 1961. , The Anarchical Society: A Study of Order in World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1977. S. Burchill et.al., Theories of International Relations, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001. E. H. Carr, The Twenty Year Crisis, London, Macmillan, 1939. , Conditions of Peace, New York, The Macmillan Company, 1944. S. Chan and P. G. Mandaville (eds.), The Zen of International Relations , Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001. I. Claude, Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962. K von Clausewitz, War, Politics and Power: Selections, Chicago, Henry Regnery Company, 1962. R. Clutterbuck, Terrorism and Guerilla Warfare, London, Routledge, 1990. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999.

Political Science

112

M. Cranston, What are Human Rights? London, Bodley Head, 1973. A. A. Couloumbis and J.H. Wolf, Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice, New York, Praegar, 1989. W. D. Coplin, Introduction to International Politics, Chicago, Markham, 1971 R. Dalton and M. Kuechler, Challenging the Political Order: New Social and Political

Movements in Western Democracies, Cambridge, Polity, 1990.

and M. Wattenberg, Politics without Partisans: Political Change in Advanced

Industrial Democracies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000.

K.W. Deutsch, The Analysis of International Relations, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1989. J. E. Dougherty, How to think about Arms Control and Disarmament, New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1962 and R.L. Pfaltzfraff, Jr., Contending Theories of International Relations, Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1970. C. Elman and M.F. Elman (ed.), Bridge and Boundaries: Historians, Political Scientists and

the Study of International Relations, Massachusetts, MIT Press, 2001.

W. Epstein, Disarmament: 25 years of Effort, Toronto, Canadian Institute of International Affairs, 1971. , The Last Chance: Nuclear Proliferation and Arms Control, New York, The Free Press, 1976. R. A. Falk, Law, Morality and War in the Contemporary World, New York, Frederick A Praegar, 1963. , Legal Order in a Violent World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1968. H. W. Forbes, The Strategy of Disarmament, Washington DC, Public Affairs Press, 1962. J. Frankel, The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963. , International Politics: Conflict and Harmony, London, Penguin, 1969. , Contemporary International Theory and the Behaviour of States , New York, Oxford University Press, 1973.

Political Science

113

J. Galtung, The True Worlds: A Transnational Perspective, New York, The Free Press, 1980. P. Gilbert, Terrorism Security and Nationality, London and New York, Routledge, 1995. F. I. Greenstein and N. W. Polsby, Theory of International Relations, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979. A.J.R. Groom and M. Lights (eds.), Contemporary International Relations: A Guide to Theory, London, Printer, 1993. F. Halliday, Revolution and World Politics: The Rise and Fall of the Sixth Great Power , Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999. , Rethinking International Relations, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994. S. H. Hoffman, Essays in Theory and Politics of International Relations, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989. , Contemporary Theory in International Relations, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall, 1964. K. J. Holsti, International Politics: A Framework of Analysis, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1967. , Why Nations Realign, London, Allen and Unwin, 1982. , The Dividing Discipline, Boston, Allen and Unwin, 1985. , Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order 1648-1989, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. A. Hurrell, Collective Security and International Order Revisited International Relations, Vol. II, No.1, April. R. Inglehart, The Silent Revolution: Changing Values and Political Styles among Western

Publics, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977.

R. L. Jackson, The Nonaligned, the United Nations and the Superpowers, New York, Praeger, 1987. A. Jamieson, The Modern Mafia, Conflict Studies, No 224, Research Institute for the Study of Conflict and Terrorism, London, 1989.

Political Science

114

N. K. Jha, Domestic Imperatives in Indias Foreign Policy, New Delhi, South Asia Publishers, 2001. (ed.), Indias Foreign Policy in a changing World, New Delhi, South Asia Publishers, 2000. K. P. Karunakaran, India in World Affairs Vols.2, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1952. C. W. Kegley and E. R. Wittkopf, World Politics: Trends and Transformation , New York, St. Martins Press, 1995. G. Kennan, Morality, Politics and Foreign Policy in The Virginia Papers on the Presidency, edited by K.W. Thompson, Washington, University Press of America, 1979. , The Nuclear Delusion, New York, Pantheon Books, 1982. R. O. Keohane, After Hegemony: Cooperation and Discord in the World Political Economy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1984. (ed.), Neo-realism and Its Critics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1986. , International Institutions and State Power, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989. and E. Ostrom (eds), Local Commons and Global Interdependence: Heterogeneity and Co-operation in Two Domains, London, Sage, 1994. S. D. Krasner (ed.), International Regimes, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1983. H. D. Lasswell, World Politics and Personal Insecurity , New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1953. C. O. Lerghe and A. A. Said, Concept of International Politics, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1972. R. W. Mansbach and J. A. Vasquez, In Search of Theory: A New Paradigm of Global Politics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1981. S. Mansingh, Indias

search for Power, Delhi, Sage, 1984.

L. L. Martin, Coercive Cooperation: Explaining Multilateral Economic Sanctions, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1992. K. P. Mishra and R. S. Beal, International Relations Theory, New Delhi, Vikas, 1980. H. J. Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations, 6th edition, revised by K. W. Thompson, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985.

Political Science

115

F. S. Northedge, The International Political System, London, Faber and Faber, 1976. W. C. Olson and A.J.R. Groom, International Relations: Then and Now, London, HarperCollins Academic, 1991. and M. Onuf, The growth of a discipline reviewed in International Relations, edited by S. Smith, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1985. R. E. Osgood and R.W. Tucker, Force, Order and Justice, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1967. E. Ostrom, Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990. K. A. Oye (ed.), Co-operation Under Anarchy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1986. M. S. Rajan, Non-Alignment and the Non-Alignment Movement in the Present World Order, Delhi, Konark, 1994. W. H. Riker, The Theory of Political Coalitions, New Haven NJ, Yale University Press, 1962. B. Rivlin, Regional Arrangements and the UN System for Collective Security, International Relations, Vol. II, No. 2, August. A. Roberts, The UN and International Security, Survival, Vol. 35, No. 1, Spring. J. N. Rosenau, International Studies and the Social Sciences, Beverly Hills California and London, Sage, 1973. , World Politics: An Introduction, New York, The Free Press, 1976. , The Scientific Study of Foreign Policy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1980. and K. Knorr (eds.), Contending Approaches to International Politics, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1969. B. M Russett and H. Starr, Grasping the Democratic Peace: Principles for a Post-Cold War World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1993. and H. Starr, World Politics: The Menu for Choice, San Franciso, W.H. Freeman and Co., 1981.

Political Science

116

A. P. Schmidt and A.J. Jongman (eds.), Political Terrorism: A New Guide to Actors, Authors, Concepts, Data Bases, Theories and Literature, 2nd edn., Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Co., 1988. A. W. Singham and S. Hume, Non Alignment in an Age of Alignment, London, Zed, 1986. H. Sprout and M. Sprout, Towards a Politics of the Planet Earth, New York, Van Nostran, 1971. M. P. Sullivan, Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a Changing World, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001. N. O Sullivan (ed.), Terrorism, Ideology and Revolution: The Origins of Modern Political Violence, Brighton, Wheatsheaf, 1986. W. R. Thompson (ed.), Evolutionary Interpretations of World Politics, New York, Routledge, 2001. R. Tuck, Natural Rights Theories, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979. V. Van Dyke, International Politics, Bombay, Vakils, Feffer and Simons, 1969. J. A. Vasquez, The Power of Power Politics, London, Frances Pinter, 1983. , The War Puzzle, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1993. S. P. Verma, International System and the Third World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1988. J. J. Waldron (ed.), Theories of Rights, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984. K. N. Waltz, Theory of International Politics, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979. , The emerging structure of International Politics, International Security, 18, 1993. P. Wilkinson, Terrorism and the Liberal State, 3rd edn., Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994. P. Willets, The Non-Aligned Movement, London, Frances Printer, 1978. G. Williams, Third World Political Organizations, London, Macmillan, 1987. M. Wiiliams, Third World Coopertion: The Group of 77 in UNCTAD, London, Frances Printer, 1991. A. Wolfers, Discord and Collaboration, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1962.

Political Science

117

MAJOR IDEAS AND ISSUES IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PAPER-VIII Course Rationale:
This paper intends to study Public Administration in its larger systematic milieu, to identify key interacting factors in its apparatus and actors, and to develop understanding of measures that affect its operating efficiency and strengthen its functional utility. It covers the study of the development of bureaucracy and its significant contributions to the process of development, highlighting the importance and imperatives of the study of developmental bureaucracy. It intends an easy comprehension of a unified and systematic treatment of grass root agencies and other organizations, broadening our cognitive horizon. It relates public administration with information technology.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Administrative ethos, Administrative culture. Impact of information technology on Public Administration. Ecological Approach: Fred Riggs Rational Decision-Making Approach: Herbert Simon Development Administration Approach Political Economy Approach: Liberal Democratic and Marxist frameworks Role of political parties, pressure groups and public opinion on the process of policy formation. Crisis management. Neutrality of Civil Service and Downsizing of Bureaucracy Modernization of bureaucracy.

8. 9. 10.

Readings:
G. Almond and G. B. Powell, Comparative Politics: a Developmental Approach, Boston, Little Brown & Co, 1966. J. E. Anderson, Public Policy Making, Boston, Houghton Miffin, 1990. P. H. Appleby, Policy and Administration, Alabama, University of Alabama Press, 1957.

Political Science

118

, Public Administration for a Welfare State, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1961. C. Argyris, Understanding Organizational Behavior, Illionis, Dorsey Press, 1960. A. Avasthi, and S.N. Maheshwari, Public Administration, Agra, Laxmi N. Aggarwal, 1996. C. I. Barnard, The Functions of the Executive, Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1950. B. Laurence, Crisis in Organisation: Managing and Communicating in the Heat of Chaos, Cincinnati, South-Western, 1993. I. H. Bohari, Management of Third World in Adverse Partnership: Theory and Practice, Karachi, the OUP, 1997. G. E. Caiden and H. Siedentoph (ed.), Stratagies for Administrative Reforms, Lexington Massachusetts, DC Health, 1982. T. N. Chaturvedi (ed.), Contemporary Administrative Culture of India, New Delhi, Mittal, 1997. M. Crozier, The Bureaucratic Phenomenon, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1969. M. E. Dimock, A Philosophy of Administration: Towards Creative Growth, New York, Harper, 1958. P. R. Dubashi, Recent Trends in public Administration, Delhi, Kaveri Books, 1995. J. M. Gaus, A Theory of Organization in Public Administration , Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1936. E. N. Gladden, The Essential of Public Administration, London, Staples Press, 1958. C. M. Jain and A. Hingar (eds.), Administrative Culture: Premises and Perspectives, Jaipur, RBSA Publication, 1996. J. La Palombara and M. Weiner (eds.), Bureaucracy and Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1966. A. M. Levitt, Disaster Planning and Recovery: A Guide for Facility Professionals New York, John Wiley, 1997. J. MacGregor et.al., Downsizing the Civil Service in Developing Countries: The Golden Handshake Option Revisited, Public Administration and Development, 18(1), Feb.1998, pp. 61-76.

Political Science

119

S. R. Maheshwari, S. Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied, 1994. B. B. Mishra, The Bureaucracy in India: An Historical Analysis of Development up to 1947, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1977. F. A. Nigro and L. S. Nigro, Modern Public Administration , New York, Harper and Row, 1984. W. E. Odom, The Soviet Volunteers: Modernisation and Bureaucracy in a Public Mass

Organisation, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1973.

L. Peters, Downsizing the Civil Service in Developing Countries: Golden Handshake or Smiling Farewells?,

Public Administration and Development,18(4), Oct.1998, pp. 381-86.

D. C. Pitt, and B.C. Smith (eds.), The Computer Revolution: The Impact of Information

Technology on Government Brighton, Wheatsheaf Books, 1984.

R. Presthus, Public Administration, New York, Ronald, 1975. M. Rama, Efficient Public sector Downsizing, Washington DC, World Bank, 1997, F. W. Riggs, The Ecology of Administration, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1961. Modernity and bureaucracy, Public Administration Review, 57(4), Jul-Aug, 1997, pp.347-53. M. Seymour and M. Simon, Effective Crisis Management: Worldwide Principles and Practice, London, Cassell, 2000. D. Waldo (ed.), Ideas and issues in Public Administration: a Book of Readings, New York, McGraw Hill, 1953. , Temporal Dimensions of Development Administration, Durham, Duke University Press, 1970. M. Weber, The Theory of Organization: Readings in Public Administration, New York, Harper and Row, 1983. L. D. White, Introduction to the Study of Public Administration, New York, Macmillan, 1955.

Political Science

120

RESEARCH METHODLOGY
PAPER-IX Course Rationale:
This paper is a basic introduction to the process and methods of empirical research for achieving scientific knowledge in Political Science. An attempt is made to relate social science research methods to other courses in syllabus of Political Science. The criticisms of different methods and schools are included. The two seminal works of method for political scientists, that of Karl Popper and Thomas Kuhn are also included along with other important aspects of research methods. There is a need to teach the method of data collection, sample survey, preparation of bibliography and questionnaire, writing of a report, dissertation and thesis.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Scientific Study of Political Science Basic Assumptions- Critics Behavioural Revolution in Political Science and its Critics Poppers Method Kuhns Method Hypotheses, Concepts and Variables Tools and Techniques of Data Collection- Observation, Questionnaire and Interviews 8. Data Processing and analysis-statistical techniques of data analysis-use of computers 9. 10. Hermeneutics Report Writing and Thesis Writing

Readings:
H. N. Blalock, An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1970. (ed.), Causal Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1972.

Political Science

121

J. Blondel, Thinking Politically, London, Wildwood House, 1976. M. J. Brenner, J. Brown and D. Canter (eds.), The Research Interview: Uses and

Approaches, London, Academic Press, 1985.

A. Bryman, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman, 1988. M. Bulmer (ed.), Sociological Research Methods: An Introduction, London, Macmillan, 1984. R. Burgess, In the Field: An Introduction to Field Research, London, Allen and Unwin, 1984. T. L. Burton and G. L. Cherry, Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman, 1989. A. F. Chalmers, Science and Its Fabrication, Milton Keynes, Open University Press, 1990. De D. A. Vaus, Surveys in Social Research, 2nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman 1991. M. Dogan and S. Rokkan (eds.), Quantative Ecological Analysis in the Social Sciences, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1969. M. Duverger, An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special Reference to their Methods, translated by M. Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger, 1964. H. Eulau, The Behavioural Persuasion in Politics, New York, Random House, 1964. S. V. Evera, Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science , Ithaca, NY, Cornell University Press, 1997. F. M. Frohock, The Nature of Political Inquiry, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1967. J. Galtung, Theory and Methods of Social Research, New York, Columbia University Press, 1987. E. Gellner, Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1985. A. Giddens, Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London, Macmillan, 1982. N. Gilbert (ed.), Researching Social Life, London, Sage, 1993. W. J. Goode and P. K. Hatt, Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw Hill, 1952. F. J. Greenstein and N. W. Polsby, Strategies of Inquiry,

Political Science

122

K. R. Hoover, The Elements of Social Scientific Thinking, New York, St. Martins Press, 1980. A. C. Isaak, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1985. J. B. Johnson and R.A. Joslyn, Political Science Research Methods, Washington DC, C.Q. Press, 1986. A. Kaplan, The Conduct of Inquiry, Methodology for Behavioural Science F. N. Kerlinger, Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1979. T. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1970. D. Marsh and G. Stoker (ed.), Theory and Methods in Political Science, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1995. C. A. McCoy and C. Playford (eds.), Apolitical Politics: A Critique of Behaviouralism , New York, Thomas Crowell, 1967. R. K. Merton (ed.) Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, The Free Press, 1957. D. Miller (ed.), Pocket Popper, London, Fontana, 1997. G. Mydral, Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books, 1969. J. Pitl (ed.), Theories of Explanation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1973. Sir, K. R. Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson, 1959. , Conjectures and Refutations: The Growth of Scientific Knowledge , London, Routledge and Kegan Paul 1963. , The Poverty of Historicism, London, Routledge, 1991. A. Ryan (ed.), The Philosophy of Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1970. H. J. Rubin, Applied Social Research, Columbus, North Illinois University Press, 1983. C. Selltiz, et.al., Research Methods in Social Relations, USA, Methuea, 1965. B. Smith, Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton, 1976. G. W. Snedecor, Statisfical Methods, 5th edn., Iowa, State College, 1965.

Political Science

123

W. P. Shively, The Craft of Political Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1980. E. R. Tuffy, Data Analysis for Politics and Polity, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1974. D. P. Warwick and M. Bulmer (eds.), Social Research in Developing Countries: Surveys and

Consciousness in the Third World, Delhi, Research Pess, 1993.

M. Weber, The Methodology of Social Sciences, translated and edited by E.A. Shils and H.A. Finch, New York, The Free Press, 1949. P. V. Young, Scientific Social Surveys and Research.

STATE POLITICS IN INDIA

PAPER-X Course Rationale:
Indias diversity, in terms of socio-economic, political and cultural systems provides unusual opportunity for study of the Indian Centre-State systems comparatively. This paper attempts to study the power of the Centre and the autonomy of the states within the Indian federal system, which reflect and articulate well-defined regional identities. There is an increasing need to understand that despite the wide array of powers, with which the Centre is armed by the constitution, there has been a growing trend of assertion of autonomy on the part of the states. The Centre-State relationship in context of liberalization also needs to be focussed.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Theoretical framework for the study of state politics Patterns of state politics Socio-economic determinants of state politics Centre-State Political and Economic relationship Regional Political Parties and its linkages with National Parties and the Federal setup

Political Science

124

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Impact of national politics on state politics. Emerging trends in State politics Recommendations of National Commission on Constitutional Review Panchayati Raj system and its impact on state politics Human Development Index in different states: a comparative perspective

Readings:
S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965. B. Arora and D. V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Fedralism in

a Comparative Perspective, Delhi Konark, 1995.

G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , The Constitution, society and law, in P. Oldenburg (Ed.), India Briefing 1993, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi Oxford University Press, 2000. K. R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. M. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1965. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. R. Chatterjee (ed.), Politics in India: The State-Society Interface, New Delhi, South Asian Publishers, 2001. V. Doss, Impact of Planning on Centre-State Financial Relations in India, New Delhi, National, 1978.

Political Science

125

Z. Hasan, Politics and State in India, New Delhi, Sage, 2000. R. Khan, Rethinking Indian Federalism, Shimla, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, 1997. A. Kohli (ed.), Indias Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State- Society Relations , Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1988. , Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. K. Kurien et.al., Centre-State Relations, Delhi, Macmillan, 1981. W. S. Livingstone, Federalism and Constitutional Change, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1956. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. S. Pai, State Politics: New Dimensions: Party System, Liberalization and Politics of Identity, Delhi, 2000. A. Prasad, Centre and State Powers under Indian Federalism, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1981. A. Ray, Tension Areas in Indias Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press, 1970. L. Saez, Federalism without a Centre: The Impact of Political and Economic Reform on

Indian System, New Delhi, Sage, 2002.

S. R. Sharma, The Indian Federal Structure, Allahabad, Central Book Depot, 1967. S. Singh (ed.), Union-State Financial Relations in India with special reference to the

underdeveloped states, New Delhi, Sterling, 1980.

G. Smith (ed.), Federalism: The Multi Ethnic Challenge, Harlow Longman, 1995. K. C. Wheare, Modern Constitutions, 4th edn., Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1963.

Political Science

126

Political Science

127

M. A. OPTIONALS
POLITICAL THEORY
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Contemporary Political Theory Liberal Political Theory Marxist Political Theory Women and Political Theory Third World Political Theory Political Ideologies Contemporary Debates in Political Theory Ancient Indian Political Thought

Political Science

128

CONTENTS
S.No. I II III Particulars Page No.

Preface ............................................................................................................................... 1 Introduction and General Eligibility Conditions ........................................................ 2 Postgraduate Course, M.A. in Mass Communication ................................................ 8 First Semester 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Principles of Mass Communication ....................................................................... 12 Development of Media ............................................................................................ 12 Print MediaI (Reporting and Editing) ................................................................... 14 Electronic Media (Radio and Television) ............................................................... 14 Advertising and Public Relations/Corporate Communication .............................. 15

Second Semester 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Development Communication ................................................................................. 16 Communication Research ...................................................................................... 17 Media Law and Ethics ............................................................................................ 17 International Communication .................................................................................. 18 Media Management ................................................................................................. 19

Third Semester 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Print Media II ...................................................................................................... 20 Radio ........................................................................................................................ 20 Television ................................................................................................................. 21 Advertising ............................................................................................................... 22 Public Relations/Corporate Communication.......................................................... 22

Fourth Semester 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. New Media Applications ......................................................................................... 23 Inter-cultural Communication .................................................................................. 24 Specialization ........................................................................................................... 24 Dissertation ............................................................................................................. 25 Attachment ............................................................................................................... 25

Political Science

129

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-I Course Rationale:
This paper is about some of the key issues in political theory with special emphasis on major political theorists of the twentieth century. Since political theory in this period is about refining existing theoretical formulations the role of these key theorists is of crucial significance. The purpose of the paper is to identify the trends within political theory after its revival and the future of these trends for larger political theorizing. Each of these themes are to be critically examined not only to establish continuity and change with political theorizing but also to identify their continuing relevance to contemporary times.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Critical Theory: Marcuse Critical Theory: Habermas Importance of the Political: Arendt Inadequacy of Liberalism: Macpherson Limits to Politics: Oakeshott Libertarianism: Hayek and Nozick Value Pluralism: Berlin Open Society: Popper

Readings:
A. de Crespigny and K. Minogue (eds.), Contemporary Political Thinkers, London, Methuen, 1975. M. Forysth and M. Keens-Soper (eds.), The Political Classics: Green to Dworkin, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996. M. H. Lessnoff, Political Philosophers of the Twentieth Century, Oxford, Blackwell, 1999. B. Parekh, Contemporary Political Thinkers, Oxford, Martin Robertson, 1982.

Political Science

130

Marcuse: V. Geoghegan, Reason and Eros: The Social Theory of Herbert Marcuse , London, Pluto Press, 1981. J. Habermas, Technology and science as ideology in Toward a Rational Society, tr. J.J. Shapiro, London, Heinemann, 1971. D. M. Kellner, Herbert Marcuse and the crisis of Marxism, London, Macmillan, 1984. A. C. MacIntyre, Marcuse, London, Fontana/Collins, 1970. Habermas: R. J. Bernstein (ed.), Habermas and Modernity, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1985. C. Colhoun (ed.), Habermas and the Public Space, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1992. T. McCarthy, The Critical Theory of Jurgen Habermas, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1978. W. Outhwaite, Habermas: A Critical Introduction, Oxford, Polity Press, 1994. D. M. Rasmussen, Reading Habermas, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1991. J. B. Thompson and D. Held (eds.), Habermas: Critical Debates, London, Macmillan, 1982. S. K. White, The Recent Work of Jurgen Habermas: Reason, Justice and Modernity, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1988. Arendt: S. Benhabib, The Reluctant Modernism of Hannah Arendt, Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1996. M. Canovan, Hannah Arendt: A Reinterpretation of her Political Thought, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1992. M. P. dEntrves, The Political Philosophy of Hannah Arendt, London, Routledge, 1994. G. Kateb, Hannah Arendt: Politics, Conscience, Evil, Totowa NJ, Rowman and Allanheld, 1984.

Political Science

131

Macpherson: J. H. Carens (ed.), Democracy and Possessive Individualism: The Intellectual Legacy of

C. B. Macpherson, Albany NY, State University of New York Press, 1993.

A. Kontos (ed.), Powers, Possessions and Freedom: Essays in Honour of C. B. Macpherson, Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1979. W. B. Leiss, C. B. Macpherson: Dilemmas of Liberalism and Socialism, New York, St. Martins Press, 1989. Oakeshott: P. Franco, The Political Philosophy of Michael Oakeshott, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1990. R. Grant, Oakeshott, London, Claridge Press, 1990. W. H. Greenleaf, Oakeshotts Philosophical Politics, London, Longman, 1966.

Political Theory 4 (1976): a symposium on Oakeshott. Political Theory 29 (2001): Oakeshott centenary
Hayek: N. P. Barry, Hayeks Social and Economic Philosophy, London, Macmillan, 1979. J. Birner and R. van Zijp (eds.), Hayek, Coordination and Evolution, London, Routledge, 1994. E. Butler, Hayek: His Contribution to the Political and Economic Thought of Our Time , Hounslow, Temple Smith, 1983. A. Gamble, Hayek: The Iron Cage of Liberty, Oxford, Polity Press with Basil Blackwell, 1996. H. S. Gissurarson, Hayeks Conservative Liberalism, New York, Garland, 1987. J. Gray, Hayek on Liberty, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1984. C. Kukathas, Hayek and Modern Liberalism, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1989.

Political Science

132

Nozick: J. Arthur and W. A. Shaw (eds.), Justice and Economic Distribution, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1978. J. A. Corlett (ed.), Equality and Liberty: Analyzing Rawls and Nozick , Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1991. J. Paul (ed.), Reading Nozick: Essays on Anarchy, State and Utopia, Totowa NJ, Rowan and Littlefield, 1981. J. Wolff, Robert Nozick: Property, Justice and the Minimal State, Oxford, Polity with Basil Blackwell, 1991. Berlin: C. J. Galipeau, Isaiah Berlins Liberalism, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1994. J. Gray, Berlin, London, Fontana, 1995. R. Koics, A Critical Appraisal of Sir Isaiah Berlins Political Philosophy, Lewiston NY, Edwin Mellen Press, 1989. Popper: T. Burke, The Philosophy of Popper, Manchester UK, Manchester University Press, 1983. R. Corvi, An Introduction to the Thought of Karl Popper, London, and New York, Routledge, 1997. G. Currie and A. Musgrave (eds.), Popper and the Human Sciences, Dordrecht, Njihoff, 1985. B. Magee, Popper, London, Fontana/Collins, 1973. D. Miller (ed.), A Pocket Popper, Great Britain, Fontana, 1983. A. OHear, Karl Popper, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1980. P. A. Schlipp (ed.), The Philosophy of Karl Popper, 2 vols, La Salle Illinois, Open Court, 1974.

Political Science

133

C. Simkin, Poppers Views on Natural and Social Science, Leiden, E.J. Brill, 1993. J. Shearmur, The Political Thought of Karl Popper, London, Routledge, 1996.

LIBERAL POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-II Course Rationale:
This paper explains the origins and genesis of Liberalism by focussing on its core tenets and key themes and by highlighting its different streams and traditions. The main liberal figures and their influence on the delineation, elucidation and development of liberal thought are given prominence to understand the continuity and change within the liberal theory and ideology. Each of the thinkers listed is studied in terms of their contribution to the evolution of liberal ideas and theory. The continued sustenance and relevance of the liberal theory vis--vis its rival theories like Communism and Fascism is the focus of this paper.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Early Liberals: Locke to Jefferson Philosophical Radicals: Bentham and the Classical Utilitarians Economic bases of early liberalism: Smith and Ricardo German liberalism: Kant Revision of Liberalism: Mill, Green and Social Liberals- Hobhouse and Hobson Contemporary Liberalism: Rawls Recent Critics of Liberalism: Communitarians, Postmodernists, Feminists and Marxists

Readings:
A. Arblaster, The Rise and Decline of Western Liberalism, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984. Sir E. Barker, Political Thought in England from Herbert Spencer to the Present Day, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1950.

Political Science

134

B. Barry, The Liberal Theory of Justice, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1973. R. Bellamy (ed.), Victorian Liberalism: Nineteenth Century Political Thought and Practice, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990. Z. Brzezinski and Staff of the Research Institue of International Change (eds.),

The Relevance of Liberalism, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1978.

A. Bullock and M. Shock (ed.), The Liberal Tradition: From Fox to Keynes, London, and New York, Oxford University Press, 1967. S. Collini, Liberalism and Sociology, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1977. I. Collins, Liberalism in Nineteenth-Century Europe, London, The Historical Association, 1957. N. Daniels (ed.), Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975. W. L. Davidson, Political Thought in England, The Utilitarians from Bentham to Mill, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1957. M. Freeden, The New Liberalism, Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1978. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1992. J. Gray, Liberalisms: Essays in Political Philosophy, London, Routledge, 1989. , Liberalism, Delhi, World View, 1998. A. Gutman, Liberal Equality, Cambridge and New York, Cambridge University Press, 1980. E. Halvey, Growth of Philosophical Radicalism, trans. M. Morris, London, Faber and Faber, 1928. J. H. Hallowell, The Decline of Liberalism as an Ideology, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1943. L. Hartz, The Liberal Tradition in America, New York, Harcourt Brace, 1955. L. T. Hobhouse, Liberalism, London, Oxford University Press, 1964. H. J. Laski, Political Thought from Locke to Bentham, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920.

Political Science

135

, The Rise of European Liberalism, London, Allen and Unwin, 1936. C. B. Macpherson, The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke , Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1973. A. J. Manning, Liberalism, London, John Dent & Sons, 1976. H. C. Mansfield jr., The Spirit of Liberalism, Cambridge Massachusetts, and London, Harvard University Press, 1978. M. J. G. McGath (ed.), Liberalism and the Modern Party, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1978. K. Minogue, The Liberal Mind, London, Methuen, 1963. J. Plamentaz, Readings from Liberal Writers, London, Allen and Unwin, 1965. , The English Utilitarians, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1966. J. Rawls, A Theory of Justice, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1972. , Political Liberalism, New York, Columbia University Press, 1993. , The Law of Peoples: The Idea of Public Reason Revisited , Cambridge Massachusetts Harvard University Press, 1999. G. de Ruggiero, The History of European Liberalism , trans. R.C. Collingwood, London, Oxford University Press, 1927. M. Sandel, Liberalism and the Limits of Justice, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1982. M. Salvadori (ed.), European Liberalism, New York, Wiley, 1972. J. S. Shapiro, Liberalism: Its Meaning and History, New York, Can Nostrand Reinhold, 1958. F. H. Watkins, The Age of Ideology- Political Thought from 1750 to the Present, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1961. R. P. Wolff, Understanding Rawls, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977. S. Wolin, Politics and Vision: Continuity and Innovation in Western Political Thought, Boston, Little Brown, 1960.

Political Science

136

MARXIST POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-III Course Rationale:
This paper explains the origins, development and evolution of the key ideas, theories and concepts in the thought of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. It examines the change in Marxism after the death of both Marx and Engels. It analyzes the various debates within the Marxist doctrine to understand the continuity and changes. It explains the various streams within the socialist thought and movement and highlights the major differences between Western Marxism and Soviet Communism. It dissects critically the reasons for the collapse of communism and assesses the future of the doctrine and its continuing relevance in the new millennium.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. Marx and the theory of the state Concept of freedom, Justice and democracy in Classical Marxism. Debate about the advanced capitalist state: Gramsci, Miliband, Althusser and Poulantaz 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Revisionism and its importance: Lassalle and Bernstein Theory of Revolutionary change: Marx, Gramsci, Skopocol Western critics of Soviet Communism: Avineri, Miliband and Poulantaz German Marxism and Russian Communism Future of Marxism

Readings:
L. Althusser, For Marx, London, Allen Lane, 1969. P. Anderson, Considerations on Western Marxism, London, Verso, 1976. S. Avineri, Karl Marx on Colonialism and Modernization: his despatches and other writings

on China, India, Mexico, the Middle East and North Africa, New York, Cambridge University
Press, 1969.

Political Science

137

, The Social and Political Thought of Karl Marx, New Delhi, S. Chand, 1977. T. Benton, The Rise and Fall of Structural Marxism, London, Macmillan, 1984. R. N. Berki, Socialism, London, John Dent & Sons, 1975. Sir I. Berlin, Karl Marx, New York, Time Books, 1939. E. Bernstein, Evolutionary Socialism, New York, Schoken Books, 1961. R. Blackburn (eds.), Revolution and Class Struggle: A Reader in Marxist Politics, Glasgow, Fontana, 1970. (ed.), After the Fall: The Failure of Communism and Future of Socialism, London, Verso, 1991. N. Bukharin, Historical Materialism, Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1969. M. Carnoy, The State and Political Theory, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1984. E. H. Carr, The Russian Revolution: Lenin to Stalin, London, Penguins, 1979. T. Carver, Engels, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1981. D. Caute, The Left in Europe since 1789, London, Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1966. , Essential Writings of Marx, New York, Collier, 1967. S. Chang, Marxian Theory of the State, New York, Holt. 1965. G. D. H. Cole, A History of Socialist Thought 5 Vols., London, Macmillan, 1953-60. R. A. Dahl, Democracy, Liberty and Equality, Oslo, Norwegian University Press, 1986. R. Dahrendorf, Class and Class Conflict in an Industrial Society, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1959. H. Draper, Karl Marxs Theory of Revolution: State and Bureaucracy, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1977. J. Dunn, Modern Revolutions, London, The Clarendon Press, 1988. C. Elliot, Problems of Marxist Revisionism, Journal of the History of Ideas, 1967, Vol. 28, p. 71-89.

Political Science

138

J. Elster, Making Sense of Marx, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1986. F. Engels, Selected Writings, Moscow, Progress Publishers, 1977. P. Gay, The Dilemma of Democratic Socialism: Eduard Bernsteins Challenge to Marx , New York, Columbia University Press, 1979. A. Giddens, A Contemporary Critique of Historical Materialism, London, Macmillan, 1995. A. Gramsci, Selections from Prison Notebooks, edited and translated by Quintin Hoare and Geoffery Nowell-Smith, London, Lawrence and Wishart, 1971. A. Gray, The Socialist Tradition: From Moses to Lenin, London, Longsman Green, 1946. B. Hindess, Parliamentary Democracy and Socialist Politics, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1983. S. Hoffman, Marx and the Theory of Praxis, London, Oxford University Press, 1977. S. Hook, Towards an Understanding of Karl Marx, New York, John Day, 1933. I. Howe (ed.), A Handbook of Socialist Thought, New York, Pantheon, 1972. R. N. Hunt, The Political Ideas of Marx and Engels, London, Macmillan, 1975. L. Kolakowski, Main Currents of Marxism 3 Vols., Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1981. M. J. Lasky, Utopia and Revolution, London, Macmillan, 1976. V. I. Lenin, What is to be done? And The State and Revolution , Moscow, Progress Publishers, 1977. G. Lichtheim, Marxism: A Historical and Critical Study, London, Routledge, 1961. H. Marcuse, One Dimensional Man, Boston, Beacon, 1964. K. H. Marx, Selected Works, 3 Vols., Moscow, Progess Publishers, 1977. D. McLellan, Marxism after Marx, London, Macmillan, 1979. (ed.), Marx: The First Hundred Years, Glasgow, Fontana, 1983.

Political Science

139

R. Miliband, The State in the Capitalist Society, London, Weidenfeld & Nicholson, 1969. , Marxism and Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1977. C. W. Mills, The Marxists, New York, Dell, 1962. S. Mukherjee and S. Ramaswamy, A History of Socialism Thought: From the Precusors to

the Present, New Delhi, Sage, 2000.

J. Plamentaz, German Marxism and Soviet Communism, London, Longman, 1969. Sir K. R. Popper, The Open Society and its Enemies, 2 Vols., London, Routledge, 1945. , The Poverty of Historicism, London, Routledge, 1991. , The Lessons of the Century: Talks on Freedom and the Democratic State, London, Routledge, 1996. N. Poulantaz, Political power and Social Classes, London, New Left Books, 1973. , Classes in Contemporary Capitalism, London, New Left Books, 1975. G. Roth, The Social Democrats in Imperial Germany, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1983. B. Russell, Bolshevism: Practice and Theory, London, Unwin, 1948. M. Sawer, Genesis of State and Revolution, The Socialist Register, 1977, p. 209-27. P. Singer, Marx, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1983. R. Tucker, Philosophy and Myth of Karl Marx, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1961. , Political Culture in the Soviet Union, New York, W. W. Norton & Co, 1987. V. Verma, Justice, Equality and Community: An Essay in Marxist Political Theory, New Delhi, Sage, 1999. E. Wilson, To the Finland Station, Glasgow, Fontana, 1941. B. Wolfe, Marxism: One Hundred Years in the Life of a Doctrine, New York, Doubleday, 1969.

Political Science

140

WOMEN AND POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-IV Course Rationale:
This paper discusses the rise of Feminism and its critique of Enlightenment rationality and its contribution to shaping modernity. It examines the key feminist texts and explains their role in delineating the Womans Question. It critically assesses the feminist interpretation of mainstream political theory and explains the gender bias in some of the influential books in the classical tradition. The various streams within feminist theory and their core ideas and perceptions are explained and critically evaluated by showing the main differences between them. The debates within feminism are critically assessed and evaluated with a focus on their relevance to contemporary times.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Feminist approach to political theory Liberal Feminism: Wollstonecraft, Fuller and Mill Socialist Feminism: Fourier, Saint Simonians, Thompson Marxist Feminism: Marx, Engels and Kollantai Social Democratic Feminism: Bebel, Zetkin and Perkins Radical Feminism: Rejection of Patriarchy Postmodernist Feminism: Importance of Difference Beyond Postmodern Feminism?

Readings:
L. Anthony and C. Witt (eds.), A Mind of Ones Own: Feminist Essays on Reason and

Objectivity, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1992.

O. Banks, Becoming a Feminist: The Social Origins of First Wave Feminism, Brighton, Harvester, 1986. S. de Beauvoir, The Second Sex, Trans. H.M. Parshley, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1972.

Political Science

141

A. Bloom, Rousseau on the Equality of the Sexes in Justice and Equality Here and Now ed., by F.S. Lucash, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1986. B. Caine, Victorian Feminism New York, Oxford University Press, 1992. J. Charvet, Feminism London, Dent, 1982. N. Chodorow, The Reproduction of Mothering, Berkeley and London, University of California Press, 1978. B. E. Clements, Bolshevik Feminist: The Life of Aleksandra Kollantai, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1979. P. H. Collins, Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness and the Politics of

Empowerment, New York, Routledge, 1991.

D. Coole, Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism, New York, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. N. F. Cott, The Grounding of Modern Feminism New Haven CT and London, Yale University Press, 1987. A. Y. Davis, Women, Race and Class, New York, Vintage, 1983. M. Donald (ed.), Bebels Woman and Socialism, London, Zwan Publications, 1988. H. Eisenstein, Contemporary Feminist Thought, London, Unwin, 1984. Z. A. Eisenstein (ed.), Capitalist Patriarchy and the Case for Socialist Feminism, New York and London, Monthly Review Press, 1979. , The Radical Future of Liberal Feminism, New York, Longman, 1981. J. B. Elshtain, The Family in Political Thought, Brighton, Harvester, 1982. Public Man, Private Woman: Women in Social and Political Thought, Oxford, Martin Robertson and Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press 1981. F. Engels, The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State, New York, Pathfinder Press, 1972.

Political Science

142

J. Evans, Feminism and Political Theory, London, Alfred A. Knopf, 1986. M. Evans (ed.), The Woman Question, London, Fontana, 1972. R. Evans, The Feminists, London, Croom Helm, 1977. B. Farnsworth, Aleksandra Kollantai: Socialism, Feminism and the Bolshevik Revolution , Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1980. S. Firestone, The Dialectics of Sex, New York, Bantam Books, 1971. B. Friedan, The Feminine Mystique, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1965. M. Gatens, Feminism and Philosophy: Perspectives on Difference and Equality Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991. C. Gilligan, In a Different Voice, Cambridge Massachusetts and London, Harvard University Press, 1982. J. Grant, Fundamental Feminism: Contesting the Core Concepts of Feminist Theory, New York, Routledge, 1993. J. Gray, Mill on Feminism, London, Routledge, 1983. J. Grimshaw, Feminist Philosophers: Womens Perspectives on Philosophical Traditions, Brighton, Harvester, 1986. N. Hirschmann, Rethinking Obligation: A Feminist Method for Political Theory, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1992. A. M. Jagger, Feminist Politics in Human Nature, Totowa NJ, Rowman and Allenheld, 1983. E. Kennedy, and S. Mendus, Women in Western Political Philosophy, Brighton, Harvester, 1987. C. B. Kolmerten, Women in Utopia: The Ideology of Gender in American Owenite

Communities, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1990.

C. A. Mackinnon, Feminism Unmodified: Discourse on Life and Law , Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1987. M. Meis, Ecofeminism, London and Atlantic Highlands NJ, Zed, 1993.

Political Science

143

A. G. Meyer Trans. & Ed., Lily Braun: Selected Writings on Feminism and Socialism , Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1987. J. S. Mill, The Subjection of Women, London, Everyman, 1962. K. Millet, Sexual Politics, London, Virgo, 1977. H. T. Minh, Woman, Native and Other: Writing Postcoloniality and Feminism, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1989. J. Mitchell, Psychoanalysis and Feminism, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1974. , Women: The Longest Revolution, London, Virago, 1984. , and A. Oakley, What is Feminism? Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1986. S. M. Okin, Women in Western Political Thought, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1979. , J. S.Mills The Subjection of Women, Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill, 1988. , Justice, Gender, and the Family, New York, Routledge, 1989. and J. Mansbridge (eds.), Feminism, 3 Vols., London, Routledge, 1994. R. K. P. Pankhurst, William Thompson (1775-1833): Britains Pioneer Socialist, Feminist and

Co-Operator, London, Watts and Co., 1954.

C. Pateman, Participation and Democratic Theory, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1970. , The Sexual Contract, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1988. , The Disorder of Women, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. and E. Gross (eds.), Feminist Challenges: Social and Political Theory, Boston, Northeastern University Press, 1987. H. F. Pitkin, Fortune Is a Woman: Gender and Politics in the Thought of Niccolo Machiavelli, Berkeley and London, University of California Press, 1984. C. Porter, Alexandra Kollantai, London, Virago, 1980.

Political Science

144

A. Rich, On Lies, Secrets and Silence: Selected Prose, 1966-78, New York, W.W. Norton & Co., 1979. R. Rohrlich, and B. E. Hoffman, Women in Search of Utopia: Mavericks and Mythmakers, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1984. A. Rossi, The Feminist Papers: From Adams to Beauvoir, New York, Columbia University Press, 1973. A. Saxonhouse, Women in the History of Political Thought: Ancient Greece to Machiavelli, New York, Praegar, 1985. G. J. Schochet, Patriarchialism in Political Thought, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1975. M. L.. Shanley, and C. Pateman, Feminist Interpretation and Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991. D. Spender (ed.), Feminist Theorists: Three Centuries of Key Women Thinkers, New York, Pantheon, 1983. R. Stratchey, The Cause: A Short History of the Womens Movement in Great Britain, London, Virago, 1978. W. Thompson, Appeal of One-half of the Human Race, Women, against the Pretensions of

the Other Half, Men, to retain them in Political, and hence in Civil and Domestic Slavery,
London, Virago, 1983. W. Thonnessan, The Emancipation of Women: The Rise and Decline of the Womens

Movement in German Social Democracy 1863-1933 , Trans. Joris de Bres, Frankfurt,

University Press, 1969. J. Todd and M. Butler, The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft, London, Pickering and Chatto Ltd., 1986. C. Tomalin, The Life and Death of Mary Wollstonecraft, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1977. S. Tomaselli, (ed.), Mary Wollstonecraft: Political Writings, London, Dent, 1993. M. E. Waithe, Ancient Women Philosophers 600BC- 500AD, Boston, Little Brown, 1987. M. E. Waithe, Medieval, Renaissance and Enlightenment Women Philosophers AD 500- 1600, Boston, Little Brown, 1989.

Political Science

145

M. E. Waithe, Modern Women Philosophers 1600-1900, Boston, Little Brown, 1991. M. Warnock, Mary Wollstonecrafts A Vindication of the Rights of Woman and J.S.MIlls

The Subjection of Women, London, Dent, 1985.

M. Wollstonecraft, A Vindication of the Rights of Women, London, Everyman, 1929. I. M. Young, Justice and the Politics of Difference, Oxford, Princeton University Press, 1990.

THIRD WORLD POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-V Course Rationale:
This paper highlights the non-Western sources of political theorizing by making a comparative assessment of the political theory tradition that developed in the West with that of Asia, Africa and Latin America in the twentieth century. The works of the theorists listed are analyzed both contextually and philosophically to underline their uniqueness and their distinctiveness. The purpose is to highlight cultural plurality without losing sight of universality and commonality in ideas and concepts in political theory. Common to the theorists included in the paper is that they were all activist-theoreticians, an aspect that needs to be explained and critically evaluated.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Nature and content of Third World Political Theory. Gandhi Mao Zedong Frantz Fanon Che Guevara Amilcar Cabral Kwame Nkrumah Julius Nyerere

Political Science

146

Readings:
J. V. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: the Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict , Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965. A. Cabral, Revolution in Guinea: An African Peoples Struggle, London, Monthly Review Press, 1969. A. Cabral, Return to the Source, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1973. A. Cabral, Revolutionary Leadership and Peoples War, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1983. D. Caute, Fanon, London, Fontana, 1970. P. Chabal, Amilcar Cabral: Revolutionary Leadership and Peoples War, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1983. R. L. Chilcote, Amilcar Cabrals Revolutionary Theory and Practice: A Critical Guide, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1991. I. Deutscher, Maoism: Its Origins, Background and Outlook, The Socialist Register, 1954. G. Dhawan, The Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, Ahmedabad, Navajivan, 1962. A. Dirlik, The Origins of Chinese Communism, New York, Oxford University Press, 1989. E. Eze, Postcolonial African Philosophy: a Critical Reader , Cambridge Massachusetts, Basil Blackwell, 1997. F. Fanon, The Wretched of the Earth, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1963. , Towards the African Revolution, London, Writers and Readers, 1980. , Black Skin, White Masks, London, Pluto Press, 1986. , Studies in Dying Colonialism, London, Earthscan, 1989. M. K. Gandhi, The Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi, Ahmedabad, Navajivan, 1958. , Hind Swaraj, Ahmedabad, Navajivan, 1938. P. Geismar, Fanon, New York, Dial, 1971.

Political Science

147

I. L. Gendzier, Frantz Fanon: a Critical Study, 2nd edn., New York, Grove, 1985. E. Guevara, Guerilla Warfare, New York and London, Monthly Review Press, 1967. E. Hansen, Frantz Fanon: Social and Political Thought, Columbus Ohio, Ohio State University Press, 1977. P. J. Hountondji, African Philosophy: Myth and Reality, London, Hutchinson, 1983. R. N. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, New York, Oxford University Press, 1973. R. July, The Origins of Modern African Thought, London, Faber and Faber, 1968. L. Kolakowski, Main Currents of Marxism: The Breakdown, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1981. Z. Mao, Selected Works, 3 Vols., Beijing, Foreign Languages Press, 1954. D. A. Masolo, African Philosophy in Search of Identity, Edinburgh UK, Edinburgh University Press, 1994. J. McCulloch, Black Soul, White Artifact, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1983. D. McLellan, Marxism after Marx, London, Macmillan, 1979. M. Meisner, Marxism, Maoism and Utopianism, The Socialist Register, 1982. E. M. S. Namboodiripad, Mahatma and his Ism, Delhi, PPH, 1959. K. Nkrumah, Consciencism, Philosophy and Ideology for De-Colonization, London, Panaf Books, 1964. J.K. Nyerere, Ujamaa: Essays on Socialism, New York, Oxford University Press. , Nyerere on Socialism, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, Oxford University Press, 1969. M. Perinbam, Holy Violence: the Revolutionary Thought of Frantz Fanon, Washington DC, Three Continents, 1982. S. Schram, The Political Thought of Mao Tse-Tung, New York, Praeger, 1963. B. Schwartz, Chinese Communism and the Rise of Mao, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1958.

Political Science

148

L. S. Senghor, On African Socialism, New York, Praeger, 1964. P. Sigmund (ed.), The Ideologies of the Developing Nations, New York, Praeger, 1972. K. Wiredu, Cultural Universals and Particulars: An African Perspective, Bloomington Indiana, Indiana University Press, 1996. G. Woodcock, Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971. P. Worseley, The Third World, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1971.

POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES
PAPER-VI Course Rationale:
This paper is about the role of different political ideologies and their impact in politics on the premise that ideas exert decisive influence. Each ideology is studied in its historical context and also its course of evolution and development, the different streams and subtle nuances within each ideology, the changes and continuities in the doctrine and its relevance to contemporary times. The close link between an idea and its actual realization in public policy needs to be critically highlighted. The philosophical basis of the ideologies is emphasized with special emphasis on key thinkers. The legacy of ideologies needs critical assessment as well.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Liberalism Marxism Social Democracy Libertarianism Feminism Environmentalism Fascism Conservatism

Political Science

149

Readings:
P. Anderson, Considerations of Western Marxism, London, Verso, 1976 A. Arblaster, The Rise and Decline of Western Liberalism, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984. S. Avineri and A. de Shalit (eds.), Communitarianism and Individualism, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1992. S. de Beauvoir, The Second Sex, London, Cape 1953. E. Bernstein, Evolutionary Socialism, New York, Schoken, 1961. E. L. Bramsted and K. J. Melhuish (eds.), Western Liberalism: A History in Documents from

Locke to Croce, London and New York, Longman, 1978.

R. N. Berki, Socialism, London, John Dent and Sons, 1975. C. Boggs, The Socialist Tradition: From Crisis to Decline, New York, Routledge, 1995. J. V. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: the Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict , Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965. M. Bookchin, Remaking Society: Pathways to a Green Future, Boston MA, South End Press, 1990. A. Bramwell. Ecology in the 20th Century: A History, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1989. P. F. Clarke, Liberals and Social Democrats in Historical Perspective, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1978. C. A. R. Crosland, The Future of Socialism, London, Cape, 1980. L. Derfler, Socialism since Marx: A Century of the European Left, London, Macmillan, 1973. B. Devall and G. Sessions, Deep Ecology, Salt Lake City UT, Peregrine Smith Books, 1985. A. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Unwin Hyman, 1990. E. Durbin, The Politics of Democratic Socialism, London, Routledge, 1940. J. B. Elshtain, Public Man, Private Woman: Women in Social and Political Thought, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1981.

Political Science

150

B. Friedan, The Feminine Mystique, New York, Norton, 1963. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992. P. Gay, The Dilemma of Democratic Socialism: Eduard Bernsteins challenge to Marx, New York, Columbia University Press, 1952. J. Gray, Liberalism, Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1986. , Liberalisms: Essays in Political Philosophy, London, Routledge, 1989. G. Gentile, The Philosophical basis of Fascism in Readings on Fascism and National

Socialism, Denver Colarado, Swallow, n.d.

R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992. A. J. Gregor, Young Mussolini and the Intellectual Origins of Fascism , Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1979. A. Hamilton, The Appeal of Fascism: A Study of Intellectuals and Fascism 1919-1945 , New York, Macmillan, 1971. M. Harrington, Socialism: Past and After, New York, Arcade, 1989. F. Hayek, The Constitution of Liberty, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1960. R. N. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, New York, Oxford University Press, 1973. D. Jay, Socialism and the New Society, London, Longman, 1962. J. Joll, The Anarchists, London, Methuen, 1979. M. Kitchen, Fascism, London, Dent, 1979. H. J. Laski, The Rise of European Liberalism, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1967. L. Labedz, Revisionism: Essays on the History of Marxist Ideas, London, Allen and Unwin, 1962. W. Lacquer (ed.), Fascism: a Readers Guide: Analyses, Interpretation and Bibliography, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1979.

G. Lichtheim, A Short History of Socialism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1970.

Political Science

151

A. Lyttelon (ed.), Italian Fascism from Pareto to Gentile, London, Cape 1973. D. MacLean and C. Wills (eds.), Liberalism Reconsidered , Totowa NJ, Rowman and Allanheld, 1983. D. J. Manning, Liberalism, London, John Dent and Sons, 1976. H. C. Mansfield, The Spirit of Liberalism, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1978. D. McLellan, Marxism after Marx, London, Macmillan, 1975. K. R. Minogue, The Liberal Mind, London, Methuen, 1963. B. Mussolini, Fascism: Doctrine and Institutions, New York, Howard Fertig, 1968. E. Nolte, Three Faces of Fascism: Action francaise, Italian Fascism, National Socialism , New York, New American Library, 1969. R. Nozick, Anarchy, State and Utopia, New York, Basic Books, 1974. J. ONeill, Ecology, Policy and Politics: Human Well-being and the Natural World, London, Routledge, 1993. E. Patridge (ed.), Responsibilities to Future Generations, Buffalo NY, Prometheus Books, 1981. S. G. Payne, Fascism: Comparison and Definition, Madison, University of Wisconsin Press, 1980. J. Porritt, Seeing Green: The Politics of Ecology Explained, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1984. G. de Ruggiero, The History of European Liberalism, Boston, Beacon, 1959. A. Rand, The Fountainhead, New York, Bobbs-Merrill, 1943. M. Rothbard, Ethics of Liberty, Atlantic Highlands NJ, Humanities Press, 1982. M. Rothbard, Man, Economy and State, Menlo Park California, Institute of Humane Studies, 1970. M. Rothbard, Power and Market, Menlo Park California, Institute of Humane Studies, 1970. M. Sagoff, The Economy of the Earth: Philosophy, Law and the Environment, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1988.

Political Science

152

M. J. Sandel, Liberalism and its Critics, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984. J. Strachey, Programme for Progress, London, Gollancz, 1940. L. Strauss, Liberalism: Ancient and Modern, New York, Basic Books, 1968. N. O Sullivan, Fascism, London, J. M. Dent and Sons, 1983. P. F. D. Torre, E. Mortimer and J. Story, Eurocommunism: Myth or Reality, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1979. F. M. Watkins, The Age of Ideology- Political Thought from 1750 to the Present, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1964. E. Weber, Varieties of Fascism, New York, Van Nostrand, 1966. G. Woodcock, Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971. D. Worster, Natures Economy: A History of Ecological Ideas, 2nd edition, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1994.

CONTEMPORARY DEBATES IN POLITICAL THEORY

PAPER-VII Course Rationale:
The development of political theory in the last quarter of the twentieth century has been more in the realm of refinements and adaptations of existing theoretical formulations rather than initiation of new paradigms. There has been momentous changes world wide, - the collapse of authoritarianism of both left and right varieties and emergence of new initiatives like environmentalism, multiculturalism and post modernism. This paper seeks to analyze critically some of these recent debates within the discipline with the purpose of understanding the changes that have occurred and the continuities that have remained in the evolution and development of ideas and theories.

Political Science

153

Course Content:
1. 2 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Importance of interpreting political theory texts. Republican/civic humanism Feminism Post-colonialism Postmodernism Communitarianism Post-liberalism Multiculturalism

Readings:
A. Ahmed, In Theory: Classes, Nations, Literatures, London, Verso, 1992. H. Arendt, On Revolution, New York, Viking, London, Faber, 1963. B. Ashcroft, The Post Colonial Studies Reader, London, Routledge, 1995. S. de Beauvoir, The Second Sex, London, Cape, 1953. V. Bryson, Feminist Political Theory, London, Macmillan, 1992. W. Connolly, Identity/Difference: Democratic Negotiations, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1991. J. B. Elshtain, Public Man, Private Man: Women in Social and Political Thought, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1981. F. Fanon, Black Skin, White Masks, translated by C. L. Markham, New York, Grove Press, 1967. S. Firestone, The Dialectic of Sex, London, The Womens Press, 1979. B. Friedan, The Feminine Mystique, New York, Norton, 1963. J. Gray, Post-Liberalism: Studies in Political Thought, London, Routledge, 1993.

Political Science

154

R. Guha and G.C. Spivak, Selected Subaltern Studies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1988. F. Guicciardini, Selected Writings, edited and translated by C. Grayson, London, Oxford University Press, 1965. A. Gutman (ed.), Multiculturalism, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1994. A. Hamilton, J. Madison and J. Jay, The Federalist , edited by B.F. Wright, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1961; edited by M. Beloff, Oxford, Blackwell, 1987. L. Hutcheon, The Politics of Postmodernism, London and New York, Routledge, 1989. A. Kollantai, Selected Writings, translated and introduced by A.Holt, London, Allison and Busby, 1977. W. Kymlicka, Multicultural Citizenship, Oxford, The Clarendon press, 1995. N. Machiavelli, The Discourses, edited and introduced by B. Crick, Harmondworth, Penguin, 1970. J. M. MacKenzie, Orientalism: History, Theory and the Arts, Manchester UK, Manchester University Press, 1995. J. S. Mill, The Subjection of Women, London, Everyman, 1962. K. Millett, Sexual Politics, London, Virago, 1977. A. Nandy, The Intimate Enemy: Loss and Recovery of Self under Colonialism, Delhi and Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1983. S. M. Okin, Justice, Gender and the Family, New York, Basic Books, 1990. B. Parekh, Rethinking Multiculturalism: Cultural Diversity and Political Theory, London, Macmillan Press, 2000. C. Pateman, The Disorder of Women, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1989. A. Phillips, Engendering Democracy, Oxford and Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991. J. G. A. Pocock, The Machiavellian Moment: Florentine Political Thought and the Atlantic

Republican Tradition, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1975.

Political Science

155

E. Said, Orientalism, London, Chatto and Windus, 1978. , Culture and Imperialism, London, Chatto and Windus, 1993. Q. Skinner, The Foundations of Modern Political Thought , Vol I: The Renaissance , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1978. C. Taylor, Multiculturalism: Examining the Politics of Recognition, edited A. Gutman, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1994. A. de Tocqueville, Democracy in America, translated by G. Lawrence, edited by J.P. Mayer and M. Lerner, New York, Harper, London, Fontana, 1968. P. Williams and L. Chrisman, Colonial Discourse and Post Colonial Theory , New York, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. S. K. White, Political Theory and Postmodernism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. M. Wollstonecraft, A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, edited by I. Kramnick, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1982. I. M. Young, Justice and the Politics of Difference, Oxford, Princeton University Press, 1990. R. Young, White Mythologies: Writing History and the West, London, Routledge, 1990.

ANCIENT INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

PAPER-VIII Course Content:
Political philosophy in India unlike its counterpart in the West, which is concerned with the relationship between the individual and the State, has focused on issues of self-liberation, morality and leadership. This paper critically analyzes and studies the different aspects of political theory in ancient India with the purpose of establishing affinities and dissimilarities with that of the tradition in the West. The rich diversity of ancient Indian political thought, which is manifest in a number of different forms from the Buddhist innovations, the

Arthasastra tradition to the Shanti Parva of the Mahabharatha are to be highlighted.

Political Science

156

1.

Interpretations of Ancient Indian Political Thought- Methodological Issues and schools of thought.

2.

Political Philosophy of Vedanta- basic concepts, evolution, character and interpretations

3.

Buddhist Political Philosophy-basic concepts, evolution, character and interpretations.

4.

Political ideas in Kautilyas Arthashastra , the Santiparva (Rajdharma), the Law Book of Manu, Kamandaka Nitisara, Caste and Dharma.

5.

Elements of the State: the Saptanga Theory and inter-state relations, Mandala theory.

6.

Theories of the Origin of the State: Theory of Property, Family and Varna regarding the origin; the contract theory and other theories.

7. 8.

Vedic Popular assemblies: Sabha, Samiti, Gana and Vidatha. Republics (tribal and oligarchical republics, nature of republican administration) and Kingship (forms and types: Divine theory, training of the Prince, functions of the kind, Limitations on Monarchy, Council of Minister).

Readings:
A. S. Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1966. P. N. Banerjee, International Law: Custom in Ancient India, Calcutta, 1920. S. K. Belvalkar, Mahabharata: Santi Parvam, 1954. D. R. Bhandarkar, Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity, Varanasi, Banaras Hindu University, 1963. P. C. Chakravarti, The Art of War in Ancient India, Dacca, 1941. C. Drekmeir, Kingship and Community in Early India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1962. U. N. Ghoshal, Studies in Indian History and Culture, Calcutta, Orient Longmans, 1957. , A History of Hindu Political Theories, Calcutta, Oxford University Press, 1966.

Political Science

157

K. P. Jayaswal, Hindu Polity, Calcutta, Butterworth, 1924. J. Jolly and R. Schmidt (ed.), Arthasastra of Kautilya, Lahore, Motilal Banarsidas, 1923. P. V. Kane, History of Dharmasastra, Poona, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1930. R. P. Kangle, Kautilyas Arthashastra, Bombay, University of Bombay, 1972. D. D. Kosambi, Culture and Civilization in Ancient India, Delhi, Vikas, 1990. M. V. Krishna Rao, Studies in Kautilya, Delhi, Munshiram Manoharlal, 1979. N. N. Law, Inter-State Relations in Ancient India, London, Luzac and Company, 1920. , Aspects of Ancient Indian Polity, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1921. A. A. Macdonell, Indias Past, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1927. T. V. Mahalingam, South Indian Polity, Madras, University of Madras, 1955. R. K. Mukherji, Local Government in Ancient India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920. B. Prasad, The State in Ancient India, Allahabad, University of Allahabad, 1960. C. Radhakrishna, Kautilyas Political Ideas and Institutions, Varanasi, Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series office, 1971. B. A, Saletore, Ancient Indian Political Thought and Institutions, Bombay, University of Bombay, 1963. R. Shamasastry, Evolution of Indian Polity, Calcutta, 1920. Kautilyas Arthasastra, Mysore, Wesleyan Mission Press, 1929. H. N. Sinha, Sovereignty in Ancient Indian Polity: A Study in the Evolution of Early Indian

State, London, Luzac, 1938.

, The Development of Indian Polity, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1963. J. P. Sharma, Republics in Ancient India, London, Leiden E.J. Brill, 1968. R. S. Sharma, Material Culture and Social Formation, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1983.

Political Science

158

, Indian Feudalism, Calcutta, University of Calcutta, 1965. , Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Delhi, 1959. J. Spellman, The Political Theory of Ancient India, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1964. V. P. Varma, Studies in Hindu Political Thought and its Metaphysical Foundations, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidas, 1974. M. Weber, The Religion of India: The Sociology of Hinduism and Buddhism, Illinois, Glencoe, 1958. M. Winternitz, Some Problems of Indian Literature, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidas, 1920.

Political Science

159

Political Science

160

M. A. OPTIONALS
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Political Parties Pressure Groups and Social Movements Federal Theory and Practice Globalization and its Impact on the Political System South Asian Political Systems West Asian Political Systems African Political Systems East and South East Asian Political Systems

Political Science

161

POLITICAL PARTIES
PAPER I Course Rationale:
Political parties and party systems are the key structures of all the modern political systems. Originating as an extra-constitutional structure it consolidated itself in the process of democratization in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. It is intrinsically linked with the working of indirect mass democracies of today. This paper deals with the crucial role of parties as an intermediary institution in the entire political system. The classification of parties, their role in articulating demand and channeling it to the decision-making process, the process of co-option and recruitment of the un/under-represented sections including the demand and acceptance of quotas are studied.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Evolution of political parties. Classification of political parties. Functions of political parties. Core base, Mergers, Alignments and affections. Electoral parties and Political parties (a) (b) 6. 7. 8. State funding Electoral system and Political Parties

Political Parties in the Post Communist and developing countries Criticisms of Political Parties Recent Trends

Readings:
R.R. Alford, Party and Society, Chicago, Rand-McNally, 1963. E. Allardt and L. Yrjo (eds.), Cleavages, Ideologies and Party Systems, Helsinki, Academic Bookstore, 1964.

Political Science

162

L. Binder, et al., Cries and Sequences in Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971. I. Budge, D. Robertson and D. Hearl (eds.), Ideology, Strategy and Party Change: Spatial

Analyses of Post War Election Programmes of 19 Democracies, Cambridge, Cambridge

University Press, 1987. J. S. Coleman and C. G. Rosberg Jr., (eds.), Political Parties and National Integration in

Tropical Africa, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1964.

A. L. Coser, The Function of Social Conflict, New York, The Free Press, 1956. W. J. Crotty (ed.), Approaches to the Study of Party Organization, Boston, Allyn and Bacon, 1968. and et al., (eds.), Political Parties and Political Behaviour, Boston, Allyn and Bacon, 1966. R. A. Dahl (ed.), Political Oppositions in Western Democracies, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1966. L. C. Dodd, Coalitions in Parliamentary Government , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1976. A. Downs, An Economic Theory of Democracy, New York, Harper, 1957. M. Duverger, Party Politics and Pressure Groups: A Comparative Introduction, New York, Corwell, 1972. H. Eckstein, Division and Cohesion in Democracy: A Study of Norway, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. , Pressure Group Politics, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1960. S. J. Eldersveld, Political Parties: A Behavioural Analysis, Chicago, Rand-McNally, 1962. L. D. Epstein, Political Parties in Western Democracies, New York, Praeger, 1967. D. Green and I. Shapiro, Pathologies of Rational Choice Theories, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994.

Political Science

163

D. P. Hammer, USSR: The Politics of Oligarchy, Hinsdale Illinois, Dryden Press, 1974. T. Hodgkin, African Political Parties, Baltimore, Penguin, 1962. S. P. Huntington, and H. M. Clement (eds.), Authoritarian Politics in Modern Society: The

Dynamics of the Established One-Party Systems, New York, Basic Books, 1970.
K. Janda, A Conceptual Framework for the Comparative Analysis of Political Parties, Beverly Hills California, Sage, 1970. R. S. Katz and P. Mair (ed.), Party Organizations: A Data Handbook on Party Organization

in Western Democracies 1960-90, London and Newbury Park California, Sage, 1992.
H. Kerr Jr, Switzerland: Social Cleavages and Partisan and Conflict, Beverly Hills California, Sage, 1976. A. King (ed.), The New American Political System, Washington DC, American Enterprise Institute, 1978. H. Kitschelt et.al., Postcommunist Party Systems: Competition, Representation and Inter-Party

Competition, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

A. Kornbert, et al., Semi-careers in Political Work: The Dilemma of Party Organizations, Beverly Hills California, Sage, 1970. J. La Palombara and M. Weiner (eds.), Political Parties and Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1966. M. Laver and W. B. Hunt, Policy and Party Competiton, New York and London, Routledge, 1992. and I. Budge (ed.), Party Policy and Government, New York, St. Martins Press, 1992. and N. Schofield, Multiparty Government, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1991. K. Lawson, The Comparative Study of Political Parties, New York, St. Martins Press, 1976. (ed.), Political Parties and Linkage: A Comparative Perspective, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1980.

Political Science

164

(ed.), How Political Parties Work: Perspectives from Within, Westport Connecticut and London, Praegar, 1994. L. LeDuc, R. Niemi and P. Norris (eds.), Elections and Voting in Global Perspective , Thousand Oaks California and London, Sage, 1996. A. Leiserson, Parties and Politics: An Institutional and Behavioral Apporach, New York, Knopf, 1958. P. Lewis, Political Parties in Postcommunist Eastern Europe, London and New York, Routledge, 2000. A. Lijphart, Typologies of Democratic Systems, Comparative Political Studies, April 1968. S. M. Lipset, Political Man, New York, Doubleday, 1960. and S. Rokkan, Party Systems and Voter Alignments, New York, The Free Press, 1967. J. Lovenduski and P. Norris (ed.), Gender and Party Politics, London, Sage, 1993. R. H. McDonald, Party System and Elections in Latin America, Chicago, Markham, 1971. P. Mair (ed.), The West European Party System, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1990. L. Maisel, and P. M. Sacks, The Future of Political Parties, Beverly Hills California, Sage Publications, 1975. R. T. McKenzie, British Political Parties, Rev. edn., New York, Praeger, 1963. B. N. McLennan (ed.), Political Opposition and Dissent, Port Washington NY, Kennikat Press, 1973. K. D. McRaw (ed.), Consociational Democracy: Political Accommodation in Segmented

Society, Toronto, McClellan and Stewart, 1974.

R. Michels, Political Parties, New York, The Free Press, 1962. A. J. Milnor (ed.), Comparative Political Parties: Selected Readings, New York, Corwell, 1969. W. Mller and K. Strm, Policy, Office, or Vote?: How Political Parties in West Europe Make

Hard Decisions, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Political Science

165

A. Panebianco, Political Parties: Organization and Power, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1988. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. (ed.), Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage, 1988. W. Riker, The Theory of Political Coalitions, Wisconsin, University of Wisconsin Press, 1965. S. Rokkan (ed.), Approach to the Study of Political Participation, Bergen, The Christian Michelsen Institute, 1962. R. Rose, Do Parties Make a Difference?, 2nd edn., London, Macmillan, 1984. G. Sartori, Parties and Party Systems, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1976. T. A. Smith, The Comparative Policy Process, Santa Barbara California, ABC-CLio Press, 1975. O. Stammer (ed.), Party Systems, Party Organization and the Politics of the New Masses, Berlin: Institute for Political Science, 1968. A. Steen, Change of Regime and Political Recruitment: The Parliamentary Elites in the Baltic

States, Bordeaux, ECPR Workshop on Political Recruitment, 1995.

C. Thomas (ed.), Political Parties and Interest Groups: Shaping Democratic Governance , Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2001. J. F. Triska, Communist Party States, Indianpolis, Bobbs-Merrill, 1969. Von K. Beyme, Political Parties in Western Democracies, Aldershot, Gower, 1985. A. Ware, Political Parties and Party Systems, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996. (ed.), Political Parties: Electoral Change and Structural Response, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1987. The Logic of Party Democracy, London, Macmillan, 1979. M. Weiner, The Politics of Scarcity, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1962.

Political Science

166

, Party Politics in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. S. Wolinetz (ed.), Political Parties, Aldershot and Brookfield Vt, Ashgate, 1997. W. E. Wright (ed.), A Comparative Analysis of Party Organization, Columbus Ohio, Charles E. Merill, 1971.

PRESSURE GROUPS AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS

PAPER II Course Rationale:
Tocqueville notes in his Democracy in America the propensity of the Americans to form groups on particular issues, which are the precursors of modern pressure groups and interest groups. Such groups have inextricably become a part of modern mass democracies and that no political system is actually free from them. Pressure groups try to influence the decision making process indirectly and most of them advance their particularistic interests alone. Social movements highlight the issues and concerns of marginalized groups who are bypassed within society. This paper deals with these two different but complimentary group activities of the modern political process.

Course Content:
1. Group Theory and their significance in politics 2. Kinds and Techniques of Pressure Groups 3. Relationship between Pressure Groups and Political Parties 4. Dynamics of Social Movements: Origin, Objectives and Constraints 5. Social Movements in India 6. Social Movements and the Development Process 7. Pressure Groups, Social Movements and the Democratic Process 8. Future Prospects

Political Science

167

Readings:
G. Almond and G. B. Powell, Comparative Politics Today: A World View, 6th edn., New York, Harper Collins, 2000. A. Bentley, The Process of Government, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1908. P. Brooker, Twentieth Century Dictatorships: The Ideological One Party States, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1995. C. Campbell and G. Wilson, The End of Whitehall: Death of a Paradigm ? Oxford and Cambridge Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1995. C. Cigler and B. Loomis (eds.), Interest Group Politics , 5th edn., Washington DC, Congressional Quartely Press, 1998. R. A. Dahl, Who Governs? Democracy and Power in an American City , New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1961. , Modern Political Analysis, 5th edn., Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1991. , Pluralism in J. Kriegar (ed.), The Oxford Companion to Politics of the World, New York and Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1993. R. Dalton, The Green Rainbow: Environmental Groups in Western Europe, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994. and M. Kuechler, Challenging the Political Order: New Social and Political

Movements in Western Democracies, Cambridge, Polity, 1990.

and M. Wattenberg, Politics without Partisans: Political Change in Advanced

Industrial Democracies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000.

R. Domoff, Who Rules America Now? A View for the 1980s, Engelwood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1983. I. Duchacek, Power Maps: The Comparative Politics of Constitutions , Santa Barbara California, ABC Clio, 1973. A. Escobar and S. Alvarez (eds.), The Making of Social Movements in Latin America:

Identity, Strategy and Democracy, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1992.

Political Science

168

R. Hrebenar and R. Scott, Interest Group Politics in America, 3rd edn., Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall 1997. L. LeDuc, R. Niemi and R. Norris, Elections and Voting in Global Perspective, Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1996. R. Kvavik, Interest Groups in Norwegian Politics , Oslo, Bergen and Troms, Universitetforlaget, 1976. T. Lowi, The End of Liberalism, New York, Norton, 1969. T. Mathews, Interest Groups in R. Smith and L. Watson (ed.), Politics in Australia, Sydeny, Allen and Unwin, 1989. S. Mazey and J. Richardson (eds.), Interest Inter-Mediation and the EU, London and New York, Routledge, 1998. D. McKay, American Politics and Society, 4th edn., Oxford, and Cambridge Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1997. T. Moe, The Organization of Interests, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1980. M. Olson, The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of Groups, New York, Schoken Books, 1968. J. Richardson (ed.), Pressure Groups, Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1993. W. Riker, The Theory of Political Coalitions, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1962. M. Smith, Pressure Politics, Manchester UK, Baseline Books, 1995. S. Tarrow, Power in Movement: Social Movements and Contentious Politics 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998. C. Thomas (ed.), First World Interest Groups: A Comparative Perspective , Westport Connecticut, Greenwood Press, 1993. C. Thomas (ed.), Political Parties and Interest Groups: Shaping Democratic Governance , Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2001.

Political Science

169

J. Waddington and R. Hoffman (eds.), Trade Unions in Europe: Challenging and Searching

for Solutions, Brussels, European Trade Union Institute, 2001.

T. Weiss and C. Gordenker (ed.), Nongovernmental Organizations, the United Nations and

Global Governance, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1996.

G. Wilson, Interest Groups , Oxford and Cambridge Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1990.

FEDERAL THEORY AND PRACTICE

PAPER III Course Rationale:
The term Federalism is derived from the Latin word Fredo, which means a league, pact or covenant. Federal Systems are the state of states, which emphasizes a balance between a need for unity in some key areas of common interest and diversity in other areas. A. V. Dicey emphasizes on the desire of the people for equilibrium between forces of centralization and decentralization leading to a desire for union but not for unity. This paper deals with the different varieties of federalism both in theory and practice in a comparative perspective to understand the similar and dissimilar patterns and trends. Course Content: 1. 2. Federalism: Origins, Nature and Evolution Essential Requirements of Federalism: Written Constitution, Independent Judiciary and Formal Amending Procedure 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Division of Powers and its basis Relationship between Federal Governments and Federating Units Policy Formulation and its Implementation within the Federal System Globalization and its Impact on the Federal Process Federalism in the Developing World Trends in Contemporary Federal Politics

Political Science

170

Readings
R. Batley and G. Stoker (eds.), The Local Government in Europe: Trends and Developments, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1991. A. Bentley, The Process of Government, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1908. J. Bryce, Modern Democracies, Vols. 2, New York, Macmillan, 1921. M. Burgess and A. Gagnon (eds.), Comparative Federalism and Federation: Competing

Traditions and Future Directions, Hemel Hampstead, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993.

J. Chandler, Local Government in Liberal Democracies: An Introductory Survey, London and New York, Routledge, 1993. L. Cram, D. Dinan and N. Nugent, Developments in European Union, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999. A. Coulson (ed.), Local Government in Eastern Europe, 4th edn., Cheltenham and Brookfield Vermont, Edward Elgar, 1995. R. dehoussse, European Integration and the Nation State in M. Rhodes, P. Heywood and V. Wright (eds.), Developments in West European Politics, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997. I. Duchacek, Federalism: The Territorial Dimension of Politics, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1970 D. Elazar, From Statism to Federalism: A Paradigm Shift, International Political Science

Review, 17, 1996.

Constitutionalizing Globalization: the Postmodern Revival of Confederal

Arrangements, Lanham Oxford, Rowman and Littlefield, 1998.

J. Elster, C. Offe and U. Preuss, Institutional Design in Postcommunist Societies: Rebuilding

the Ship at Sea, Cambridge and New York, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
G. Esping-Anderson, Welfare States in Transition: National Adaptations in Global Economics, Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1996. M. Forsyth, Federalism and Nationalism, Leicester, Leicester University Press, 1989.

Political Science

171

J. Gibson and R. Hanson (eds.), Transformation from Below: Local power and the Political

Economy of Postcommunist Transistions, Aldershot and Brookfield Vermont, Edward Elgar

1996. J. Griffith, The Politics of the Judiciary, 4th edn., London, Fontana, 1997. D. Helms (ed.), Institutions and Institutional Change in the Federal Republic of Germany, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 2000. J. Hesser and V. Wright (eds.), Federalizing Europe? The Costs, Benefits and Preconditions

of Federal Political Systems, Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1996.
B. Hettne (ed.), Globalization and the New Regionalism, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999. P. Hirst and G. Thompson (ed.), Globalization in Question: the International Economy and

the Possibilities of Governance, 2nd edn., Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1999.

K. Holland (ed.), Judicial Activism in a Comparative Perspective, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1991. H. Jacob, et al. Courts, Law and Politics in Comparative Perspective, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1996. F. Jacobs and R. Corbett, The European Parliament , 2nd edn., London and New York, Longman, 1992. B. Jones and M. Keating (eds.), The European Union and the Regions , Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. D. Kommers, The Federal Constitutional Court in the German Political System, Comparative

Political Studies, 26, 1993.

M. Laffin, Reinventing the Federal Government in G. Peele et al. (ed.), Developments in

American Politics 2nd edn., Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994.

P. LeGals and G. Lequesne (eds.), Regions in Europe, London and New York, Routledge, 1998. F. Lister, The European Union, the United Nations and the Revival of Confederal Governance, Westport Connecticut, Greenwood Press, 1996.

Political Science

172

A. Norton, International Handbook of Local and Regional Government , Aldershot and Brookfield Vermont, Edward Elgar, 1994. W. Riker, Federalism in F. Greenstein and N. Polsby (eds.), The Handbook of Political

Science, Vol.5, Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1975.

F. Rocher and M. Smith (ed.), New Trends in Canadian Federalism , Petersborough, Broadview Press, 1995. B. Smith, Understanding Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1996. , Federalism: The Multiethnic Challenge, Harlow and New York, Longman, 1995. U. Wachendorfer-Schmidt (ed.), Federalism and Political Performance, London and New York, Routledge, 2000. D. Walker, American Federalism in the 1990s in P. Davies and F. Waldstein (eds.), Political

issues in America Today, 2nd edn., Manchester and New York, Manchester University Press,
1991. K. C. Wheare, Federal Government, 4th edn., Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1963.

GLOBALIZATION AND ITS IMPACT ON THE POLITICAL SYSTEM

PAPER IV Course Rationale:
In the post-Cold War era the most important developments have taken place in the key areas of globalization and liberalization. The concept of globalization has brought new equations in global relations and participation. It has diluted the concept of sovereignty to such an extent that the economic considerations are crucial in deciding power equations among nations. This paper contains the impact of pressure groups, social movements in the policies of a nation. It emphasizes on the economics of globalization, the complicated interaction between the politics and the economy, issue of global governance and conflict management within international and regional organizations.

Political Science

173

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Factors that led to Globalization Concept of Globalization and its contours Internationalization of the Nation State and the Question of National Sovereignty Political Economy and Globalization- role of TNCS and MNCS Role of WTO, IMF and IBRD Global Conflicts and their Management- Military Power and National Security, Coercive Diplomacy and intervention. 7. 8. Critics of Globalization New World Global System: Women and Environmental Groups

Readings:
P. Aghin and J. Williamson, Growth Inequality and Globalization, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998. M. Albrow and E. King (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London, Sage, 1990. , The Global Age, Cambridge, Polity, 1996. A. Alesina, E. Spolaore and R. Wacziarg, Economic Integration and Political Disintegration, Working Paper 6163, Chicago, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1997. J. Anderson, C. Brook and A. Cockrane (eds.), A Global World? Re-ordering Political Space, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. M. Anderson, Frontiers: Territory and State Formation in the Modern World, London, Polity Press, 1996. J. T. Bhagwati, A Stream of Windows: Unsettling Reflections on Trade, Immigration, and

Democracy, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1998.

(ed.), Trading Blocs: Alternative Approaches to Analyzing Preferential Trade

Agreements, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1999.

Political Science

174

D. Blake and R. Walters, The Politics of Global Economic Relations, 5th edn., Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 2001. J. Boli and G. Thomas (eds.), Constructing World Culture: International Non-Governmental

Organizations since 1875, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1999.

M. Bordo, B. Eichengreen, and D. Irwin, Is Globalization Really Different Than Globalization a Hundred Years Ago? National Bureau of Economic Research, Working Paper, 1995. J. Boston (ed.), The State under Contract, Wellington, Bridget Williams, 1995. L. Bryan and D. Farrell, Market Unbound: Unleashing Global Capitalism, New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1996. P. Buchanan, The Great Betrayal: How American Sovereignty and Social Justice Are Being

Sacrificed to the Gods of the Global Economy, New York, Little Brown, 1998.
R. Burbach, O. Nnez and B. Kagatlitsky, Globalization and its Discontents: The Rise of

Postmodern Socialisms, London, Pluto, 1997.

J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

P. Dicken, Global Shift: The Internationalization of Economic Activity, London, Paul Chapman, 1992. P. Doremus, et al., The Myth of the Global Corporation, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1998. F. Cairncross, The Death of Distance: How the Communications Revolution Will Change Our

Lives, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 1997.

T. Courschene, Room to Maneuver? Globalization and Policy Convergence, Kingston Ontario, McGill-Queens University Press, 1999. B. Davis, and D. Wessel, Prosperity: The Coming Twenty-Year Boom and What It Means

to You, New York, Times Books, 1998.

R. dehoussse, European Integration and the Nation State in M. Rhodes, P. Heywood and V. Wright (eds.), Developments in West European Politics, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997.

Political Science

175

L. Diamond. J. Linz and S. Lipset (eds.), Politics in Developing Countries: Comparing

experiences with Democracy, Boulder Colorado and London, Lynne Rienner, 1995.
and M. Plattner, The Global Resurgence of Democracy, 2nd edn., Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1996. P. Drucker, The Global Economy and the Nation State, Foreign Affairs, September/October, 1997. , Managing in a time of Great Change, New York, Truman Talley, 1996. , The Concept of the Corporation, New York, Mentor, 1983. D. Elazar, Constitutionalizing Globalization: the Postmodern Revival of Confederal

Arrangements, Lanham Oxford, Rowman and Littlefield, 1998.

G. Esping-Andersen (ed.), Welfare States in Transition: National Adaptations in Global

Economies, Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1996.

P. Evans, D. Rueschemeyer and T. Skocpol (eds.), Bringing the State Back In, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1985. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1992. J. K. Galbraith, The Good Society: The Human Agenda, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1996. A. Gamble and A. Payne (eds.), Regionalism and World Order, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1996. S. Ghoshal and C. Barlett, The Individualized Corporation, New York, Harper Business, 1997. D. Hettne, Globalism and the New Regionalism, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999. P. Hirst and G. Thompson, Globalization in Question: the international Economy and the

Possibilities of Goverance, 2nd edn., Oxford and Cambridge Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1999.
R. Holton, Globalization and the Nation State, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998. A. M. Hoogvelt, Globalization and the Post-colonial World: The New Political Economy of

Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997.

Political Science

176

S. P. Huntington, The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order, New York, Simon and Schuster, 1996. H. Jacobson, Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the Global

System, New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1985.

J. Jackson, The World Trade Organization, London, Cassell, 1998. R. Jackson, Quasi-States: Sovereignty, International Relations and the Third World , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1989. H. Jacobson, Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the Global

System, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985.

B. Jones and M. Keating (eds.), The European Union and the Regions , Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. M. Kahler (ed.), Capital Flows and Financial Crises, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1998. E. Kamarck and J. Nye, Democracy.com? Governance in a Networked World, Hollis, 1999. I. Kaul, I. Grunberg and M. Stern, Global Public Goods, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1999, C. W. Kegley and E. R. Wittkopf, World Politics: Trends and Transformation, New York, St. Martins Press, 1995. F. Kratochwil and E. Mansfield (ed.), International Organization: A Reader , New York, HarperCollins, 1994. F. Lister, The European Union, the United Nations and the Revival of Confederal Governance, Westport Connecticut, Greenwood Press, 1996. B. Loader, The Governance of Cyberspace, London and New York, Routledge, 1997. P. Norris (ed.), Critical Citizens: Global Support for Democratic Governance, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1999. Hollis NH,

Political Science

177

K. Ohmae, The Borderless World , New York, Harper Business, 1990. (ed.), The Evolving Global Economy: Making Sense of the New World Order, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 1985. M. Waters, Globalization, 2nd edn., London, Routledge, 2000.

SOUTH ASIAN POLITICAL SYSTEM (PAKISTAN, SRILANKA, NEPAL, BANGLADESH)

PAPER V Course Rationale:
This paper studies the major political systems- their origins, evolution and nature- in South Asia in a comparative perspective. The need is to familiarize oneself with the backgrounds of countries that share a common historical legacy and their problems and challenges and their efforts to solve them. There is a need to focus on the social, economic and cultural determinants to their individual political systems to understand the actual dynamics of the political process. Furthermore the tenuous link between democracy and development, and the impact of globalization and liberalization on the SAARC and the region needs to be critically analyzed.

Course Content:
1. Historical Background during the Colonial Period 2. Independence and the efforts at Constitution Making 3. Nature of the Political System: A Comparative Assessment 4. Democracy in the Region: Problems and Prospects 5. Role of Military and Nuclear Politics 6. Developmental Issues 7. Major Issues: Language, Ethnicity and Religion 8. Impact of Globalization on the Region

Political Science

178

Readings:
N. Ahmed and P. Norton (eds.), Parliaments in Asia, London, Frank Cass, 1999. Alavi, H. Authoritarianism and legitimation of state power in Pakistan, in S.K.Mira (ed.) The

Post-Colonial State in Asia: Dialectics of Politics and Culture, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf,
1990. and T. Shanin (eds.), Introduction to the Sociology of Developing Societies, London: Macmillan, 1982. and J. Harriss, The Sociology of Developing States in South Asia, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1987. G. A. Almond and J. Coleman (eds.), The Politics of the Developing Areas, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1960. K. Bahadur, Democracy in Pakistan: Crises and Conflicts, New Delhi, Har Anand, 1998. C. Baxter et.al., Government and Politics in South Asia, Lahore, Vanguard, 1988. P. Bidwai, and A. Vanaik, South Asia on a Short Fuse: Nuclear Politics and the Future of

Global Disarmament, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

M. Brecher, Political instability in the new states of Asia, in H. Eckstein and D.E. Apter (eds.), Comparative Politics: A Reader, New York, The Free Press, 1963. M. Chadda, Building Democracy in South Asia: India, Nepal, Pakistan, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2000. V. D. Chopra (ed.), Religious Fundamentalism in Asia, Delhi, Gyan Publishers, 1994. C. Clapham and G. Philip (eds.), The Political Dilemmas of Military Regimes, London, Croom Helm, 1985. S. P. Cohen, The Pakistan Army, New Delhi, Himalay Books, 1984. B. Crow, The state in Bangladesh: the extension of a weak state in S.K. Mitra (ed.) The

Post-Colonial State in Asia: Dialectics of Politics and Culture, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf,
1990.

Political Science

179

R. E. Dowse, The military and political development, in C. Leys (ed.) Politics and Change

in Developing Countries, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1969.

E. Emerson, From Empire to Nation: The Rise to Self-Assertion of Asian and African People, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1960. S. E. Finer, The Man on Horseback: The Role of the Military in Politics, London, Pall Mall Press, 1962. H. Gardesi and J. Rashid (eds.), Pakistan: The Roots of Dictatorship: The Political Economy

of a Praetorian State, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1983.

B. K. Gordon, The Dimensions of Conflict in South Asia, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1966. K. Gough and H. P. Sharma (eds.), Imperialism and Revolution in South Asia, London, Monthly Review Press, 1990. S. P. Huntington, The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century, Norman Oklahoma and London, University of Oklahoma Press, 1991. , Political Order in Changing Societies, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1968. (ed.), Changing Patterns of Military Politics , International Yearbook of Political Behaviour Research vol.3, Glencoe Illinois, The Free Press, 1962. R. B. Jain, Bureaucracy, Public Policy and Socio-Economic Development, in H.K. Asmerom, R. Hope and R.B. Jain (eds.), Bureaucracy and Development Politics in the Third World, Amsterdam, VU University Press, 1992. S. U. Kodikara (ed.), External Compulsion of South Asian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1993. J. S. Migdal, Peasants, Politics and Revolution: Pressures toward Political and Social Change

in the Third World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1974.

S. K. Mira (ed.), The Post-Colonial State in Asia: Dialectics of Politics and Culture, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1990.

Political Science

180

G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968. U. Phadnis and R. Ganguli, Ethnicity and Nation Building in South Asia, New Delhi, Sage, 2000. D. Potter, Democratization in Asia, in D. Held (ed.), Prospects for Democracy: North South,

East, West, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992.

R. Rais, State, Society and Democratic Change in Pakistan , Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1997. V. Randall, Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage Publications, 1988. F. W. Riggs, Administration in Developing Countries: The Theory of Prismatic Society , Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964. G. Rosen, Peasant Society in a Changing Economy: Comparative Development in Southeast

Asia and India, Urbana, University of Illinois Press, 1975.

R. W. Stern, Democracy and Dictatorship in South Asia: Dominant Classes and Political

Outcomes in India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh, New Delhi, India Research Press, 2001.
C. Thomas and P. Saravanamuttu (eds.), The State and Instability in the South, London, Macmillan, 1989. M. Weiner, Party Politics in India: The Development of a Multi-Party System, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. A. Wilson and D. Dalton (Eds), The States of South Asia: Problems of National Integration, London, Hurst, 1982, T. P. Wright, South Asian Separatist Movements, in W.H. Morris-Jones (ed.), The Politics

of Separatism, Collected Seminar Papers No.19, London, University of London Institute of

Commonwealth Studies, 1976.

Political Science

181

WEST ASIAN POLITICAL SYSTEM [IRAQ, IRAN, ISRAEL, EGYPT, TURKEY, SAUDI ARABIA]
PAPER VI Course Rationale:
This paper offers a comparative-interpretive analysis of the major West-Asian countries and examines the growth of constitutionalism and democracy in the West-Asian region beginning with the post Second World War experiment with democracy in Iran under Mossadiqs leadership. A comparative approach to study the political parties is employed with a special emphasis on the Baath party. The growing importance of the Political economy of West-Asia and the politics of oil needs to be explained. An in-depth insight to the region with reference to the relationship between the state and society and role of religion also has to be analyzed.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Historical Background Constitutionalism in West Asia. The State and Civil Society Political Parties: The Baath party and other political parties. Oil and Political economy of West Asia. The relationship between oil-producing and non-oil producing nations in the region Regional Cooperation Impact of Peace Proposals on Political Process

Readings:
A. Izzeddin, M. Nejla, Nasser of the Arabs: An Arab Assessment, London, Third World Centre for Research and Publishing, 1981. A. Jabar, S. Kamal, The Arab Baath Socialist Party: History, Ideology, and Organization, New York, Syracuse University Press, 1966.

Political Science

182

A. S. Ahmed, Postmodernization and Islam: Predicament and Promise, London: Routledge, 1994. A. Al-Ahsan, Ummah or Nation: Identity Crisis in Contemporary Muslim Society Leicester UK, The Islamic Foundation, 1992. S. Amin, The Arab Nation: Nationalism and Class Struggles, London, Zed Press, 1978. H. Ansar, Egypt - The Stalled Society, Albany NY, State University of NewYork Press, 1986. R. Anderson, S. Robbert and J.G. Wagner, Politics and Change in the Middle East: Source

of Conflict and Accommodation, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Preatice Hall, 1982. Area Handbook Series: Iraq a Country Study, Washington DC, The American University,
1979.

Area Handbook Series: Israel a Country Study, Washington DC, The American University,
1978.

Area Handbook Series: Jordan a Country Study, Washington DC, The American University,
1978.

Area Handbook Series: Persian Gulf States Country Studies, Washington DC, The American
University, 1978.

Area Handbook Series: Saudi Arabia a Country Study, Washington DC, The American
University, 1984. J. L. Bacharasch, A Middle East Studies Handbook, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1984. H. Ben-Sahar, G Fishelson, and S. Hirsch, Economic Cooperation and Middle East Peace, London,Weidenfled and Nicolson, 1989. W. A. Beling (ed.), Middle East Peace Plans, London, Croom Helm, 1986. B. Berch, Power and Stability in the Middle East, London, Zen Books, 1989. T. Biblock (ed.), Iraq: The Contemporary State, London and Canberra, Croom Helm, 1982.

Political Science

183

J. Bill and C. Leiden, Politics in the Middle East, Boston, Little Brown, 1984. and R. Springbroad, Politics in the Middle East, 4th edn., New York, Longman, 2000. Binder, Leonard, Islamic Liberalism: A Critique of Development Ideologies, Chicago and London, University Press, 1988. M. Cohen, Zion and State: Nation, Class and the Shaping of Modern Israel, New York, Basil Blackwell, 1987. M. J. Cohen, Palestine and the Great Powers 1945-1948, Princeton NJ, Princeton University, 1982. M. N. Cooper, The Transformation of Egypt: State and State Capitalism in Crisis, 1967-1977, Baltimore, John Hopkins University Press, 1982. G. C. Corm, Fragmentation of the Middle East: The Last Thirty Years, London, Hutchinson, 1988. M. Deeb, Party Politics in Egypt: The Wafd and its Rivals 1919-1939, London, Ithaca Press, 1979. H. R. Dekmejian, Patterns of Political Leadership: Lebanon, Israel, Egypt, Albany NY, State University of New York Press, 1975. G. Denoeux, Urban Unrest in the Middle East: A Comparative Study of Informal Network

in Egypt, Iran and Lebanon, Albany NY, State University of New York Press, 1993.
C. H. Dodd and M.E. Sales, Israel and the Arab World, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1970. D. D. Duncan, Exploring the World of Allah, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1982. H. Dunne, Heyworth, Religious and Political Trends in Modern Egypt, Washington DC, The Amrican University, 1950. J. L. Espotio, Women in Muslim Family Law: Contemporary Issues in the Middle East, Syracuse, Syracuse University Press, 1982.

Political Science

184

G. Frankel, Beyond the Promised Land: Jews and Arabs on a Hard Road to a New Israel, New York, Simon and Schuster, 1994. D. Gilmour, The Dispossessed: The Ordeal of the Palestinians, 1917-1980, London, Sidgwick and Jackwon, 1982. M. C. Hudson, Arab Politics: The Search for Legitimacy, New Haven CT & London, Yale University Press, 1977. M. Hussain, The Palestine Liberation Organization: A Study in Ideology, Strategy and Tactics, Delhi, University Publishers, 1975. S. P. Huntington, The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century, Norman Oklahoma and London, University of Oklahoma Press, 1991. T. Y. Ismael, The Arab Left, New York, Syracuse University Press, 1976. C. Isaswi, Egypt: An Economic and Social Analysis, London, Oxford University Press, 1974. G. R. Keiyal, Party Politics in Israel and Occupied Territories , Westport Connecticut Greenwood Press, 1982. M. H. Kerr, The Arab Cold War 1958-64: A Study of Ideology in Politics, London, Oxford, 1965. M. Khadduri, Political Trends in the Arab World, Baltimore, The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972. , Arab Contemporaries: The Role of Personalities in Politics, Baltimore and London, The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1973. G. Kirk, Contemporary Arab Politics: A Concise History, London: Methuen, 1961. J. Kostiner (ed.), Middle East Monarchies: The Challenge of Modernity, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2000. W. Laqueur, The Middle East: The Permanent Crisis, London, George Weidenfeld & Nicolson Ltd., 1971.

Political Science

185

P. Lewis (ed.), Africa: Dilemmas of Development and Change, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1998. R. Licklider, Political Power and the Arab Oil Weapons: The Experience of Five Industrial

Nations, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1988.

T. W. Lippman, Understanding Islam: An Introduction to the Moslem World, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1982. M. A. Maghoub, Democracy on Trial: Reflections on Arab and African Politics, London, Andre Deutsch, 1974. I. L. Markovitz (ed.), Studies in Power and Class in Africa, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1987. Z. M. Quraishi, Liberal Nationalism in Egypt: Rise and Fall of the Wafd Party, Delhi Alwaz, 1967. G. Salame (ed.), The Foundations of the Arab State, London, New York and Sydney, Croom Helm, 1989. R. Springborg, Mubaraks Egypt: Fragmentation of the Political Order, Boulder, Colorado, Westview Press, 1989. W. Tordoff, Government and Politics in Africa, London Macmillan, 1997. A. L. Udovitch (ed.), The Middle East: Oil Politics and Hope, Lexington Massachusetts, Lexington Books, 1976. P. J. Vatikiotis, The History of Egypt: From Muhammad Ali to Sadat, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1980. R. Wilson, The Economics of the Middle East, London and Basingstoke, Macmillan Press, 1979. M. Zaalouk, Power, Class and Foreign Capital in Egypt: The Rise of Modern Arab

Historiography, 1820-1980, New York and London, Routledge, 1989.

Political Science

186

AFRICAN POLITICAL SYSTEM [SOUTH AFRICA, KENYA, NIGERIA, ETHIOPIA, TANZANIA]

PAPER VI Course Rationale:
This paper offers a structural, behavioral & comparative understanding of politics in postcolonial Africa beginning with their experiment with constitutionalism to sustain a stable and viable political system. South Africa is the leading democracy among these nations and sets an example of success of democracy after long colonial exploitation. The paper focusses on the trailing nations and their unsuccessful attempts to establish an elected democratic government to govern them. An attempt has to be made to critically analyze the problems and challenges of sustaining a democracy in view of political corruption, underdevelopment and relative impoverishment in a comparative perspective.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. General Background: How Colonialism underdeveloped Africa Historical background of the aforesaid countries The Constitutional Frameworks Party Systems The Nature of the State and Civil Society OAU Neo colonialism and Problems of Economic Independence Recent Trends

Readings:
C. Allen, C. and G. Williams (eds.), Sociology of Developing Societies: Sub-Saharan Africa, London, Macmillan, 1982. G. Almond, J. Coleman (eds.), The Politics of the Developing Areas, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1960.

Political Science

187

M. Barratt Brown, The Economics of Imperialism, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1974. P. Bauer, Equality, the Third World and Economic Delusion, London, Weidenfield & Nicolson, 1981. J. E. Bayart, The State in Africa: the Politics of the Belly, Harlow and New York, Longman, 1993. H. Bienen, Kenya: the Politics of Participation and Control, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1974. M. Bratton and N. van de Walle, Democratic Experiments in Africa: Regime Transitions in

Comparative Perspective, Cambridge and New York, Cambridge University Press, 1997.
H. L. Bretton, Power and Politics in Africa, London, Longman, 1973. G. Carter, African One-Party States, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1962. C. Clapham, Third World Politics: An Introduction, London, Croom Helm, 1985. L. Cliffe and J.S. Saul (eds.), Socialism in Tanzania, Nairobi, East African Publishing House, 1973. J. S. Coleman, The politics of Sub-Saharan Africa, in G. Almond and J. Coleman (eds.),

The Politics of the Developing Areas, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1960.
and C.G. Rosberg (eds.), Political Parties and National Integration in Tropical Africa, Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1964. P. Englebert, State, Legitimacy and Development in Africa, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2000. E. Emerson, From Empire to Nation: The Rise to Self-Assertion of Asian and African People, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1960. A. Emmanuel, White-settler colonialism and the myth of investment capitalism, New Left

Review, No. 85, 1972.

S. E. Finer, The Man on Horseback: The Role of the Military in Politics, London, Pallmall Press, 1962.

Political Science

188

R. First, The Barrel of a Gun: Political Power in Africa and the Coup dEtat,. Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1972. A. Gupta, Government and Politics in Africa, Delhi, Vikas, 1975. G. Hawthorne, Sub-Saharan Africa, in D. Held (ed.), Prospects For Democracy. North,

South, East, West, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992.

G. Hermann and L. Schlemmer, From Aparthied to Nation Building , New York, Oxford University Press, 1990. R. Hodder-Williams, An Introduction to the Politics of Tropical Africa, London, Allen & Unwin, 1984. S. P. Huntington, The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century, Norman Oklahoma and London, University of Oklahoma Press, 1991. , Political Order in Changing Societies, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1968. (ed.), Changing Patterns of Military Politics , International Yearbook of Political Behaviour Research vol.3, Glencoe, IllinoisFree Press, 1962. H. Johnson and H. Bernstein, Third World Lives of Struggle, London, Heinemann, 1982. J. P. Mackintosh, Nigerian Government and Politics, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1966. M. A. Maghoub, Democracy on Trial: Reflections on Arab and African Politics, London, Andre Deutsch, 1974. K. Nkrumah, Neo-Colonialism: The Last Stage of Imperialism, London, Nelson, 1965. P. Nursey-Bray, Consensus and Community: The theory of African One-Party Democracy, in G. Duncan (ed.), Democratic Theory and Practice, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1983. S. K. Panter-Brick (ed.), Nigerian Politics and Military Rule, Prelude to the Civil War, London, Athlone Press, 1970. T. W. Parfitt, and S.P. Riley, The African Debt Crisis, London, Routledge, 1989. V. Randall, Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage Publications, 1988.

Political Science

189

S. P. Riley, The Democratic Transition in Africa: An End to the One-Party State?, Conflict Studies 245, London, Research Institute for the Study of Conflict and Terrorism, 1991. R. Robinson and J. Gallagher, Africa and the Victorians: The Official Mind of Imperialism, London, Macmillan, 1961. W. Rodney, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, London, Bogle l Ouverture, 1972. J. Saul, The state in post-colonial societies: Tanzania, The Socialist Register, 1974. T. Zack-Williams, D. Frost and A. Thomson (ed.), Africa in Crisis: New Challenges and

Possibilities, London, Pluto Press, 2002.

World Bank Sub-Saharan Africa: From Crisis to Sustainable Growth. Washington DC, World Bank, 1989.

EAST AND SOUTH EAST ASIAN POLITICAL SYSTEM [CHINA, JAPAN, SOUTH KOREA, INDONESIA AND MALAYSIA]
PAPER VIII Course Rationale:
This paper explains the working of political systems - democratic, communist and military regimes- of the East and South East Asian region with the purpose of understanding the nature and dynamics of these states characterized as developmental states. It focusses on the social, cultural and economic determinants that influence the functioning of the political systems of this region. Th purpose is to attain a measured understanding of the dynamics of their political process. Furthermore there is a need to understand the factors and process of economic development and industrialization that has led to what is termed as the Asian Miracle.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. Historical Background Constitutional Framework Nature of the State and Civil Society

Political Science

190

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Political Parties Pressure Groups and Social Movements Impact of Confucianism Regional rivalry and cooperation Recent Trends

Readings:
N. Ahmed and P. Norton (eds.), Parliaments in Asia, London, Frank Cass, 1999. R. Alavi, Industrialization in Malaysia: Import Substitution and Infant Industry Performance, London and New York, Routledge, 1996. R. Allen, A Short Introduction to the History and Politics of Southeast Asia, New York, Oxford University Press, 1970. A. H. Amdsen, Asiaa Next Giant: South Korea and Late Industrialization, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1989. R. P. Applebaum and J. Henderson (eds.), States and Development in the Asia-Pacific Rim, Newbury Park, Sage, 1992. M. Aoki, et.al. , (eds.), The Role of Government in East Asian Economic Development

Comparative Institutional Analysis, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1997.

P. J. Bailey, Postwar Japan 1945 to the Present, Oxford, Blackwell, 1996. R. Baum (ed.), Chinas Four Modernization, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1980. W. G. Beasley, The Rise of Modern Japan, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1990. R. E. Bedeski, The Transformation of S. Korea: Reform and Reconstruction in the Sixth

Republic under Roh Tae Woo, 1987-1992, London, Routledge, 1994.

D. Bell, et.al., (ed.), Towards Illiberal Democracy in Pacific Asia, London, Macmillan, 1995. A. Booth (ed.), The Oil Boom and After: Indonesian Economic Policy and Performance in

the Suharto Era, Singapore, Oxford University Press, 1992.

Political Science

191

J. Bresnan, Managing Indonesia: The Modern Political Economy , New York, Columbia University Press, 1993. L. L. Burmeister, Research, Realpolitik, and Development in Korea: The State and the Green

Revolution, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1988.

A. Chowdhary and I. Islam, The New Industrializing Economies of East Asia , London, Routledge, 1993. P. A. Cohen, The Post Mao Reforms in Historical Perspective, Journal of Asian Studies, 47, 1988. G. L. Curtis, The Japanese Way of Politics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1988. F. C. Deyo, The Political Economy of New Asian Industrialism, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1987. C. J. Eckert, et.al., Korea Old and New: A History, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1990. J. W. Esherick and M.B. Bankin (eds.), Chinese Local Elites and Patterns of Dominance, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1990. J. K. Fairbank, et al., A History of East Asia, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1973. C. A. Fisher, South-East Asia: A Social, Economic, and Political Geography , London, Methuen, 1964. N. Ginsburg (ed.), The Pattern of Asia, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1958. L. Greenfeld, Nationalism: Five Roads to Modernity, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1992. W. Hatch and Y. Kozo, Asia in Japans Embrace: Building a Regional Production Alliance, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996. H. Hill, The Indonesian Economy since 1966: Southeast Asias Emerging Giant, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996. (ed.), Indonesias New Order: The Dynamics of Socio-Economic Transformation, Sydeny, Allen and Unwin, 1994.

Political Science

192

I. C. Y. Hs, The Rise of Modern China, 5th edn., New York and Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. C. A. Johnson, MITI and the Japanese Miracle: The Growth of Industrial Policy 1925-75, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1982. J. S. Jomo, Growth and Structural Change in the Malaysian Economy , New York, St. Martins Press, 1990 (ed.), Industrializing Malaysia: Policy, Performance and Prospects, London, Routledge, 1993. J. A. Larkin and H. Benda, Jr., The World of Southeast Asia: Selected Historical Readings, New York, Harper & Row, 1967. L. T. Lee, Trade Unions in China, Singapore, Singapore University Press, 1986. W. R. Liddle, Indonesias Democratic Past and Future, Comparative Politics, 24,4, 1992. C. Mackerras, et.al., Eastern Asia: An Introductory History, Melbroune, Longman Cheshire, 1992. D. R. McGinn, et.al., Education and Development in Korea, Cambridge, Harvard University Council on East Asian Studies, 1980. M. Morishima, Why has Japan Succeeded? Western Technology and the Japanese Ethos, New York, Columbia University Press, 1982. S. Mukherjee, Dependency Theory Revisited: South Koreas March Towards an Independent Development, Korea Observer, Vol. XXIII, No.1, Spring 1992. R. H. Myers, The Chinese Economy: Past and Present, Belmont, Wadsworth, 1980. G. Ogle, South Korea: Dissent Within the Miracle, London, Zed Books, 1990. K. Ohmae, The End of the Nation State: The Rise of Regional Economies, New York, The Free Press, 1995. D. H. Perkins, China: Asias Next Giant? Seattle, University of Washington Press, 1986. L. Pye, Asian Power and Politics: The Cultural Dimension of Authority , Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1985.

Political Science

193

J. Quah, Human Resource Development in Four Asian Countries: Some Lessons for its Commonwealth Countries, London, Commonwealth Secretariat, 1993. G. Rozman, The Modernization of China, New York, The Free Press, 1981. (ed.), The East Asian Region: Confucian Heritage and its Modern Adaptation, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1991. I. Sakong, Korea in the World Economy , Washington DC, Institute for International Economics, 1993. D. R. Sardesai, Southeast Asia: Past and Present, 3rd edn., Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1994. A. Schwarz, A Nation in Waiting: Indonesia in the 1990s, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1994. D. R. Snodgrass, Inequality and Economic Development in Malaysia, New York, Oxford University Press, 1980. A. Y. So and S. W. K. Chiu, East Asia and the World Economy, Thousand Oaks, Sage, 1995. B-N. Song, The Rise of the Korean Economy, updated edn., Hong Kong, Oxford University Press, 1994. D. J. Steinberg, et.al., In Search of Southeast Asia: A Modern History, Honolulu, University of Hawai Press, 1987.F.B. Tipton, The Rise of Asia: Economics, Society and Politics in Contemporary Asia, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998. R. Wade, Governing the Market: Economic theory and the Rople of Government in East Asian Industrialization, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1990. M Weiner and S. P. Huntington (eds.), Understanding Political Development, Boston, Little Brown, 1987. G. White, Riding the Tiger: The Politics of Economic Reform in Post-Mao China, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1993. World Bank, The East Asian Miracle: Economic Growth and Public Policy, New York, Oxford University Press, 1993. J. Woronoff, Politics the Japanese Way, London, Macmillan, 1986.

Political Science

194

M. A. OPTIONALS
INDIAN POLITICS
1. Democracy in India 2. Federalism in India 3. Political Parties in India 4. Politics of a Concerned State 5. Electoral Politics in India 6. Political Sociology 7. Local Self Government 8. Indian Political Economy

Political Science

195

DEMOCRACY IN INDIA
PAPER I Course Rationale:
This paper deals with the nature, structure and functioning of the democracy in India from its inception to in its current form. The fact that India has been a surviving democracy despite its relative under-development and poverty and in a region where democracy has had a chequered history is considered by many as one of her unique achievement. The process of democratization, the role of political parties and pressure groups, the initiatives at encouraging grass-roots democracy, and the various influences from social determinants like the caste system, class religion, regionalism, ethnicity, and gender needs to be explained and critically analyzed.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. Democratic thinking and tradition in India: Ancient and Modern Nature of Indian Democracy Structure of Indian Democracy: Election Commission Process of Indian Democracy: Party System, Interest Groups and Social Movements 5 Socio-Economic Determinants of Indian Democracy: Caste, Language, Religion, Region and Poverty 6 7. 8. Indian Democracy at the Grass-roots level Role of Women in the Political Process Parliamentary vs. Presidential Model

Readings:
I. J. Ahluwalia and I.M.D. Little, Indias Economic Reforms and Development, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. W. K. Anderson and S. D. Damle, The Brotherhood in Saffron: The Rashtriya Swayamsevak

Sangh and Hindu Revivalism, New Delhi, Vistaar/Sage, 1987.

Political Science

196

G. Austin, The Constitution of India: Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. R. Baird (ed.), Religion in Modern India, New Delhi, Manohar, 1981. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1988. U. Baxi, Political Justice, Legislative Reservation for Scheduled Castes, and Social Change, Madras, University of Madras, 1990. and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage 1994. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern

Age, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

A. Beteille, Caste, Class and Power: Changing Patterns of Stratification in a Tanjore Village, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965. S. Bose and A. Jalal (eds.), Nationalism, Democracy and Development: State and Politics

in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.

P. Brass, Pluralism, Regionalism, and Decentralizing tendencies in contemporary Indian politics in A. Wilson and D. Dalton (eds.), The States of South Asia: Problems of National

Integration, London, Hurst, 1982.

, Ethnic Groups and the State, London Croom Helm, 1995. , The Politics of India Since Independence , 2nd edn., Cambridge Cambridge University Press, 1994. J. Brown, Modern India: the Origins of an Asian Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. T. Byres (ed.), The Indian Economy: Major Debates Since Independence, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism: The Rights of Religious Minorities, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

Political Science

197

P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. S. Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

F. Frankel, Indias Green Revolution: Economic Gains and Political Costs . Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971. Frankel, F. 1978: Indias Political Economy, 1947-1977: The Gradual Revolution. Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press. and M. Rao (eds.), Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of a

Social Order, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989.

and et.al., (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000. A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, Indias Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972. R. L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation , New York, Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965. and S. Kochanek, India: Government and Politics of a Developing Nation, San Diego, Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, 1986. T. B. Hansen, The Saffron Wave: Democracy and Hindu Nationalism in Modern India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1999. R. Jahan, Women in South Asian Politics, Mainstream, 15th August 1991, pp. 1-10. N. Jayal, Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary

India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

(ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001. and S. Pai (eds.), Democratic Governance in India: Challenges of Poverty, Development and Identity, New Delhi, Sage, 2001. R. Jeffery and P. Jeffery, Population, Gender and Politics: Demographic Change in Rural North India. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1997. R. Jenkins, Democratic Politics and Economic Reform in India , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Political Science

198

S. Joshi, The Women's Question, Ambethon, Shetkari Sangathana, 1986. S. Kaviraj, On State, Society and Discourse in India in J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third

World Politics, Harlow, Longman, 1991.

S. Khilnani, The Idea of India, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1997. A. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge University Press, 1990. (ed.), Indias Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State-Society Relations , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, Politics in India, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Democratic Polity and Social Change in India, Delhi, Allied, 1976. , State Against Democracy: In Search for Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988. S. Kothari, Social Movements and the Redefinition of Democracy, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993. A. Lijphart, The Puzzle of Indian Democracy: A Consociational Interpretation, American Cambridge,

Political Science Review, 90, 2, 1996.

G. Myrdal, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin 1968. W. H. Morris-Jones, Politics Mainly Indian, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978. , Government and Politics of India, 3rd edn., London, Hutschinson, 1971. S. Mukherjee Retaining Parliamentary Democracy in India, Denoument, 9, January-February 1999. A. Nandy, The Politics of Secularism and the Recovery of Religious Tolerance in V. Das (ed.), Mirrors of Violence, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1990. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990.

Political Science

199

G. Omvedt, Reinventing Revolution: New Social Movements and the Socialist Tradition in

India, London, ME Sharpe, 1993.

J. K. Ray, India in Search of Good Governance, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 2001. G. Rosen, Democracy and Economic Change in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1966. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi- The Political Economy of the Indian

State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.

T. Sathyamurthy (ed.), Social Change and Political Discourse in India, Vols.3, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996. K. A. Schermerhorn, Ethnic Plurality in India, Tucson, University of Arizona Press, 1978. A. K. Sen, Secularism and its discontents in K. Basu and S. Subrahmanyam (Eds.),

Unravelling the Nation: Sectarian Conflict and Indias Secular Identity, New Delhi, Penguin,
1996. D. Sheth, Caste and class: social reality and political representations in V.A. Pai Panandikar and A. Nandy (eds), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1999. D. E. Smith, India as a Secular State , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963. M. N. Srinivas, Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966. A. Vanaik, The Painful Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990. A. Varshney (ed.), The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989. P. Wallace (ed.), Region and Nation in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. M. Weiner, Party Building in a New Nation: The Indian National Congress, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1967. , The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989. , The regionalization of Indian Politics and its implications for Economic Reforms. In J. Sachs, A. Varshney and N. Bajpai (eds.), India in the Era of Economic Reforms , Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1999.

Political Science

200

FEDERALISM IN INDIA
PAPER II Course Rationale:
This paper offers a study of the Indian federal structure in context of the constitutional framework. It focuses on the historical antecedents and the temper of the time to locate the unitary bias of the Constitution. It also provides an in-depth insight to the functioning of the centre-state relation with reference to Sarkaria Commission Report and demands for state autonomy. It emphasizes the challenging role played by the President, Prime Minister, Governor and Chief Minister in maintaining the federal power equations, especially during the times of Emergency. It therefore offers a detailed study of developments in Indian Federalism since 1947.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Background, Evolution and Nature of Federalism in India Developments in Indian Federalism since 1947 Centre-state Relations with reference to Emergency and Financial Powers Demand for State Autonomy Sarkaria Commission Report: An Analysis Inter-State Councils Regional Parties and their Impact on the Federal Process Recent Trends and Prospects

Readings:
S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965. B. Arora and D. V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Federalism in

Comparative Perspective, New Delhi, Centre for Policy Research, Konark, 1995.

Political Science

201

G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi Oxford University Press, 2000. D. D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994. K. R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. , National Power and State Autonomy, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1978 J. V. Bondurant, Regionalism versus Provincialism: A Study in Problems of Indian National

Unity, Berluley, University of Californa Press, 1958.

P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990. , Pluralism, REgionalism and Decentralizing Tendencies in Contemporary Indian Politics in A. Wilson and D. Dalton (eds.), The States of South Asia: Problems of National

Integration, London, Hurst, 1982.

Center for the Advanced Study of India, University of Pennyslvania, Emergence of State-

Based Parties: Implications for Indias Federalism, Workshop Proceedings, New Delhi, India
International Centre, 11 March 1996. M. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1965. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. I. Copland and J. Richard (eds.), Federalisms: Comparative Perspectives from India and

Australia, New Delhi, Manohar, 1999.

B. Dasgupta and W. H. Morris-Jones, Patterns and Trends in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Allied, 1976. M. F. Franda, West Bengal and the Federalising Process in India, New York, Praegar, 1968. A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, Indias Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972.

Political Science

202

R. L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation , New York, Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965. S. Harrison, India: The Most Dangerous Decades, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1960. U. K. Hicks and Others (eds.), Federalism and Economic Growth in Underdeveloped

Countries, London, Oxford University Press, 1961.

I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of the Indian Constitution, London, Oxford University Press, 1953. R. Jeffrey, Whats Happening to India?: Punjab, Ethnic Conflict and the test for Federalism, 2nd edn., London, Macmillan, 1994. P. Karat, Language and Nationality Politics in India, Bombay Orient Longman, 1973. R. Khan, Rethinking Indian Federalism, Shimla, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, 1997. A. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. (ed.), India's Democracy: An analysis of Changing State-society Relations, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. J. A. Kousar, Federalism and Good Governance: Issues across Cultures, New Delhi, South Asian, 1998. P. Kumar, Studies in Indian Federalism, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1988. M. Kurien and P.N. Varghese, Centre-State Relations, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1980. N. Mukarji and B. Arora (eds.), Federalism in India: Origins and Development, New Delhi, Centre for Policy Research, Vikas, 1992. B. Puri, Jammu and Kasmir: Triumph and Tragedy of Indian Federalism, Delhi, Sterling, 1981.

Political Science

203

M. V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia, Publishing House, 1975. L. Saez, Federalism without a Centre: The Impact of Political and Economic Reform on Indias

Federal System, New Delhi, Sage, 2002

M. C. Setalvad, Union and State Relations under the Indian Constitution, Calcutta, Eastern Law Hose, Calcutta, 1975. S. R. Sharma, The Indian Federal Structure, Allahabad, Central Book Depot, 1967. B. Singh, State Politics in India: Explorations in Political Process in Jammu and Kashmir, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1982. Singh, M.P. and H. Roy (eds.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies, Development, New Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995. G. Smith (ed.), Federalism: The Multiethnic Challenge, Harlow, Longman, 1995. E. Sridharan, Coalition Politics in India: Lessons from Theory, Comparison and Recent

History, New Delhi, Centre for Policy Research, 1997.

A. Ray, Tension Areas in India's Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press, 1961. K. C. Wheare, Federal Government, New York, Oxford University Press, 1952.

POLITICAL PARTIES IN INDIA

PAPER III Course Rationale:
This paper studies the functioning and working of political parties and their impact on democratic institutions. It focuses on the nature of party composition and the character of party organization both at the national and state level. Besides the relationship between parties and pressure groups, the process of recruitment and the influence of various social determinants like caste, class, gender, religion and region on the functioning of political parties are also to be studied. It acquaints the dilemmas facing the party organization namely those pertaining to national versus regional interests. It focusses on the compulsions of party alignments and re-alignments.

Political Science

204

Course Content:
1. Origins of Political Parties: From the Establishment of the Indian National Congress in 1885 to the Congress System 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Nature of Party System in the Post Independent India National Political Parties: their origin, programme, organization and support base Regional Political Parties: their origin, programme, organization and support base Patterns of Interaction between National and Regional Political Parties Political Parties and the Electoral Process Major Pressure Groups with special reference to trade unions, chambers of commerce, Agrarian interest groups, Human Rights and Environmental movements/ groups. 8. Critical Evaluation of the role and working of Political Parties.

Readings:
W. K. Andersen and S. D. Damle, The Brotherhood in Saffron: The Rashtriya Swayamsevak

Sangh and Hindu Revivalism, New Delhi, Vistaar/Sage Publications, 1987.

B. Arora, Political Parties and Party System: The Emergence of New Coalitions, memo, Dec., 1979. C. Baxter, The Jana Sangh: A Biography of an Indian Party, Philadelphia, University of Pennyslvania Press, 1969. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya Publications, 1984-1985. , Factional Politics in a Indian State: The Congress Party in Uttar Pradesh , Berkeley, University of California Press, 1966. A. Burger, Opposition in a Dominant Party System, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1969.

Political Science

205

P. K. Chhibber, Democracy Without Association; Transformation of the Party System and

Social Cleavages in India, Ann Arbor, The University of Michigan Press, 1999.
S. Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

H. Erdman, The Swantantra Party and Indian Conservatism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1967. M. Franda and P. Brass (eds.), Radical Politics in South Asia, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT, 1973. C. Fuller and C. Jafferlot (eds.), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. B. Graham, Hindu Nationalism and Indian Politics: The Origins and Development of the

Bharatiya Jana Sangh, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990.

P.C. Ghosh, The Development of the Indian National Congress: 1892-1909, Calcutta, 1960. S. Ghose, Indian National Congress: Its History and Heritage, New Delhi, AICC, 1975. R. Hardgrave, The Dravidian Movement, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1965. , Essays in Political Sociology of South India, New Delhi, Usha, 1979. H. Hartman, Political Parties in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1980. Z. Hasan (ed.), Parties and Party Politics in India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001. C. Jaffrelot, The Hindu Nationalist Movement in India, New York, Columbia University Press, 1996. A. Kohli, (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, The Congress System Revisited: A Decennial Review, Asian Survey, 14/12, 1974. , Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

Political Science

206

, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. S. Kochanek, The Congress Party of India : The Dynamics of One Party Democracy, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1968. J. Manor, Parties and the Party System, in A. Kohli (ed.), Indias Democracy: An Analysis

of Changing State- Society Relations, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
S. R. Mehrotra, The Emergence of the Indian National Congress, Delhi, 1971. W. H. Morris-Jones, Politics: Mainly Indian, Bombay, Orient Longman, 1978. (ed.), Land. Caste and Politics in Indian States, Delhi, Authors Guild of India, 1981. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990. S. Pai, State Politics: New Dimensions: Party System, Liberalisation and Politics of Identity, Delhi, Shipra, 2000. N. Palmer, Elections and Political Development: The South Asian Experience, New Delhi, Vikas, 1976. M. V. Ramana Rao, A Short History of the Indian National Congress, Delhi, Allied, 1959. R. N. Rao, Coalition Conundrum: The BJPs Trials, Tribulations and Triumphs, New Delhi, Har Anand Publications, 2001. R. Roy and P. Wallace (eds.), Indian Politics and the 1998 Election: Regionalism, Hindutva

and State Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1999.

T. V. Sathyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India: Structures of Power,

Movements of Resistance , Vols. 4., Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996.

B. Sengupta, Communism in Indian Politics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1972. CPI-M: Promises, Prospects and Problems, New Delhi, Young Asia, 1979. M. P. Singh, Split in a Predominant Party: The Indian National Congress in 1969, New Delhi, Abhinav, 1981.

Political Science

207

R. Sisson, The Congress Party in Rajasthan: Political Integration and Institution Building in

an Indian State, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1972.

and S. Wolpert (eds.), The Indian National Congress: The Pre Independence Phase, Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1989. B. P. Sitaramayya, History of the Indian National Congress, 2nd reprint, Delhi, AICC, 1969. P. Spratt, DMK in Power, Bombay, Nachiketa, 1973. R. W. Stern, The Process of Opposition in India: Two Case Studies of How Policy Shapes

Politics, Chicago, University of Chicago, 1970.

H. Sawrup and et.al., Womens Political Engagement in India: Some Critical Issues in B. J. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (eds.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. N. Subramanian, Ethnicity and Populist Mobilization: Political Parties, Citizens and Democracy

in South India, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999.

J. Walch, Faction and Front: Party Systems in South India, New Delhi, Young Asia, 1976. M. Weiner, Party Politics in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. , Party Building in a New Nation: The Indian National Congress, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1967. , Electoral Politics in the Indian States, 4 Vols., New Delhi, Manohar, 1974-1977. , Congress Restored: continuities and discontinuities in Indian Politics, Asian Survey, 22, 1982. C. E. Zirakzadeh, Social Movements in Politics: A Comparative Study, New York, Addison Wesley, Longman 1997.

Political Science

208

POLITICS OF A CONCERNED STATE

PAPER IV Course Rationale:
This paper gives an in-depth insight to the level of State Politics in India. In this context it offers to study the patterns of state politics and the socio-economic determinants in shaping the political system. There is also a need to understand the working of federalism and demands for state autonomy and rise of regionalism. It studies the working of coalition Government, the politics of party alignments, splits and mergers. Besides, a thorough understanding of state politics is incomplete without studying the impact of Presidents rule and the emerging role of Governor in shaping the politics of a concerned state. Course Content: 1. Theoretical framework for the study of state politics within the framework of the Indian Constitution 2. 3. 4. Practice and Patterns of State Politics Socio-Economic determinants of State Politics A Comparative Analysis of Ideology, Organization, Support Base and Electoral Performance within the state 5. 6. 7. 8. Politics of party splits and merger Demand for state autonomy Working of coalition Governments Emerging trends in state politics

Readings:
S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966.

Political Science

209

, The Constitution, society and law, in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi Oxford University Press, 2000. K. R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1965. P. Chatterjee, (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. R. Chatterjee (ed.), Politics in India: The State-Society Interface, New Delhi, South Asian Publishers, 2001. Z. Hasan, Politics and State in India, New Delhi, Sage, 2000. R. Khan, Rethinking Indian Federalism, Shimla, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, 1997. A. Kohli (ed.), Indias Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State- Society Relations , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988. , Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. S. Pai, State Politics: New Dimensions: Party System, Liberalization and Politics of Identity, Delhi, 2000. A. Ray, Tension Areas in Indias Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press, 1970. L. Saez, Federalism without a Centre: The Impact of Political and Economic Reform on Indian System, New Delhi, Sage, 2002. Note: In addition to the above readings the Instructor is free to consult and prescribe

readings pertaining to the state in which the University/College is located.

Political Science

210

ELECTORAL POLITICS IN INDIA

PAPER V Course Rationale:
In democratic India the system of election provides the core of representative set-up and a free and fair electoral system makes India a true democracy. Election commission is the highest authority to monitor the whole election procedure which ensures that the soul of democracy remain sacrosanct. This paper studies the Electoral process, the role of the Election Commission and the patterns of voting behaviour for the last five decades of our democratic process. In addition the various reform proposals of the electoral process, the issue of criminalization of politics and the system of representation need to be explained and critically evaluated.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Beginning of the Electoral Politics under Colonial Rule Electoral System in India since 1950 Election Commission of India: Powers and Functions: A Critical Study Determinants of Voting Behaviour Anti-Defection Law: A Critical Study Party System: Alignments, Realignments, Manifestos and Support base: A Critical Study

Electoral Politics upto 1967 Electoral Politics 1967-77 Electoral Politics 1977-1980-1989 Electoral Politics 1989 till date

7.

Defects and Reforms of the Electoral Process: Tarkunde, Goswami and Indrajit Gupta Reports

8.

Majoritarian Parliamentary System vs Representational Parliamentary System.

Political Science

211

Readings:
J. C. Aggarwal and N.K. Chowdhary, Elections in India: 1998, New Delhi, Shipra Publications, 1998. R. Ali, Representative Democracy and concept of Free and Fair Elections, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1996. D. A. Anand, Electoral Reforms: Curbing Role of Money Power, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1995. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966. , The Constitution, Society and Law, in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993. , Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi Oxford University Press, 2000. A. Bajpyee, Indian Electoral System: An Analytical Study, New Delhi, Nardeen Book Centre, 1992. D. D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994. A. K. Bhagat, Elections and Electoral Reforms in India, Delhi, Vikas, 1996. R. P. Bhalla, The Electoral System: Its Operation and Implication for Democracy in India,

Teaching Politics, Vol. XV, No 3-4, 1989.

P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1994. , Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya Publications, 1984-1985. D. Butler, A. Lahiri and P. Roy (eds.), India Decides: Elections 1952-1995, New Delhi, Living Media Limited, 1997. L. Calman, Toward Empowerment: Women and Movement Politics in India, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1992.

Political Science

212

P. Chakravarty, Democratic Government and Electoral Porcess, New Delhi, Kanishka, 1997. P. Chatterjee, (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997. J. K. Chopra, Politics of Electoral Reforms in India, Delhi, Mittal Publications, 1989. N. S. Gehlot, Elections and Electoral Administration in India, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1982. V. Grover (ed.), Election and Politics in India, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1989. R. Hedge, Electoral Reforms: Lack of Political Will, Bangalore, Karnataka State Janta Party, 1987. S. P. Huntington, Political Order in Changing Societies, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1968. S. Kashyap, Our Parliament, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1992. S. Kaushik, Elections in India: its Social Bases, New Delhi, K.P. Bagchi and Co., 1982. S. Khilnani, The Idea of India, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1997. A. Kohli (ed.), Indias Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State- Society Relations , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988. , Democracy and Discontent: Indias Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991. (ed.), The Success of Indias Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001. R. Kothari, The Congress System Revisited: A Decennial Review, Asian Survey, 14/12, 1974. , Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967. A. Lijphart, The Puzzle of Indian Democracy: A Consociational Interpretation, American Political Science Review, 90, 2, 1996. (ed.), Parliamentary versus Presidential Government, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1992.

Political Science

213

Electoral Systems and Party Systems, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994. J. Linz, A Case For Parliamentary Democracy, Span, July 1991. and A. Valenzuela (eds.), The Failure of the Presidential Democracy, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1994. S. Mahalingam, Matters of Conduct: Election Commission Directives loom large, Frontline, May 3, 1996. S. P. Maheswari, Electoral Politics in National Metropolis, New Delhi, Rithu Publications, 1982. W. H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, Delhi, BI Publications, 1974. S. Mukherjee, Retaining Parliamentary Democracy in India, Denoument, 9, January-February 1999. N. D. Palmer, Elections and Political Development: The South Asian Experience, New Delhi, Vikas, 1976. B. Pathak, Facets of the System: Presidential versus Parliamentary, in S. Kashyap (ed.),

Perspectives on the Constitution, New Delhi, Uppal, 1993.

G. B. Powell Jr., Constitutional Democracies: Participation, Stability and Violence, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1982. G. N. S. Raghavan and S. Balachandran, Forty Years of Worls Largest Democracy: A

Survey of Indian Elections, New Delhi, Gian Publishing House, 1990.

A. Ray, Elections: A Democratic Miracle 1952-1996, Allahabad, Horizon, 1997. N. C. Sahni, (ed.), Coalition Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic Publishing Company, 1971. S. L. Shakdher, The Law and Practice of Elections in India, New Delhi, National, 1992. , Electoral Reforms in India, New Delhi, Council and Citizen for Democracy, 1980. S. C. Shadegg, How to Win an Election: The Art of Political Victory, New York, Taplinger, 1964.

Political Science

214

A. Sharma, Democracy in India and Elections, Jaipur, Research Institute, 1984. P. N. Sharma, Elections and National Politics, New Delhi, Shipra Publictions, 1994. D. K. Sheth (ed.), Citizens and Parties, New Delhi, Allied, 1975. M. P. Singh, Lok Sabha Elections 1989: Indian Politics in 1990s , New Delhi, Kalinga Publications, 1992. , Split in a Predominant Party: The Indian National Congress in 1969, New Delhi, Abhinav, 1981. , After Congress What?, Seminar, 440, April, 1996. R. Sisson, India in 1989: A year of elections in a culture of change, Asian Survey, 30, 1990. T. E. Smith, Elections in Developing Countries, London, Macmillan, 1960. S. P. Verma and C.P. Bhambri (eds.), Elections and Political Consciousness in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967. M. Weiner, Party Politics in India: The Development of a Multi-Party System, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. , Party Building in a New Nation: The Indian National Congress, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1967. , Electoral Politics in the Indian States, 4 Vols., New Delhi, Manohar, 1974-1977. , Electoral Politics in Indian States: The Impact of Modernization, New Delhi, Manohar, 1977. , Congress Restored: continuities and discontinuities in Indian Politics, Asian Survey, 22, 1982. Y. Yadav, Reconfiguration in Indian Politics: State Assembly Elections 1993-94, Economic

and Political Weekly, 31, 2-3, 1996.

, Electoral Politics in the time of Change, Economic and Political Weekly, August 21-28, 1999.

Political Science

215

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY
PAPER VI Course Rationale:
This paper deals with Political Sociology and explains the various approaches to study of the subject. It proposes to introduce concepts like political culture, nature of power and authority, the role of the elite, modernization, the debate on equality and inequality, and the process of social change with reference to India. Since Lohia said caste is class in India there is a need to understand the importance of caste formation and its emergence as a important factor in Indian politics. The purpose is to critically explain and analyze the social, economic and cultural determinants to the political process in India. Course Content: 1. Main Approaches to the study of Political Sociology: Systems Approach, Structural Functional Approach and Marxist Approach 2. 3. Historical Sociology: Weber Social Stratification: theory and practice with special reference to caste and class in India 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Influence and Power; Masses and Elite Legitimacy, Political Socialization and Recruitment Political Culture- Meaning and Types Equality and Inequality debate Social Change in India: Sanskritization, Westernization and Secularization

Readings:
G. A. Almond, and S Verba, The Civic Culture, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern

Age, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Political Science

216

U. Baxi, Political Justice, Legislative Reservation for Scheduled Castes, and Social Change, Madras, University of Madras, 1990. and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage 1994. C. Beck, and T. J. McKechnie, Political Elites: A Selected and Computerized Bibliography, Cambridge, Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1971. R. Bendix, and S. M. Lipset, Class, Status and Power, 2nd edn., New York, The Free Press, 1966. A. Beteille (ed.), Equality and Inequality: Theory and Practice, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1983. P. R. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya Publications, 1984-1985. Ethnicity and Nationalism: Theory and Comparison, New Delhi, Sage, 1991. R. H. Chilcote, Theories of Comparative Politics: The Search for a Paradigm Reconsidered, 2nd edn., Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1994. R. E. Dawson and K. Prewitt, Political Socialization, Boston, Little Brown, 1969. J. Dennis, Socialization of Politics, New York, Wiley, 1973. A. R. Desai, State and Society in India: Essays in Dissent, Bombay, Popular, 1974. S. N. Eisenstadt, Essays on Comparative Institutions, New York, Wiley, 1966. M. Galanter, Competing Equalities: Law and the Backward Classes in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1983. B.B. Goswami (ed . ), Ethnicity, Politics and Political Systems in Tribal India, Calcutta: Anthropological Survey of India, 1997. M. Janowitz, Political Conflict: Essays in Political Sociology, New York, New Viewpoints, Watts, 1970. D. Javos, Socialization to Politics, New York, Praeger, 1973.

Political Science

217

M. A. Khan, Scheduled Castes and their Status in India, New Delhi, Uppal, 1980. R. Kothari, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970. , Democratic Polity and Social Change in India, Delhi, Allied, 1976. A. Kumar (ed.), Nation- Building in India: Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1999. B. Kuppuswamy, Social Change in India, New Delhi, Vikas Publications, 1972. K. P. Langton, Political Socialization, New York, Oxford University Press, 1969. K. Murali Manohar (ed.), Socio-economic Status of Indian Women, Delhi, Seema, 1983. L. Milbrath, Political Participation, Skokie Illinois, Rand-McNally, 1965. G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968. G. Omvedt, Dalits and the Democratic Revolution: Dr. Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement

in Colonial India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.

T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990. G. Parry, Political Elites, New York, Preager, 1969. R. D. Putnam, The Comparative Study of Political Elites, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice-Hall, 1976. W. A. Rosenbaum, Political Culture, New York, Praeger, 1975. T. V. Sathyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India: Structures of Power,

Movements of Resistance , Vols. 4., Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996.

D. Sheth, Caste and class: social reality and political representations in V.A. Pai Panandikar and A. Nandy (eds.), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1999. M. N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1962.

Political Science

218

, Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966. , The Cohesive Role of Sanskritization and other Essays, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox, Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989. , The Child and the State in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1991. E. Zelliot, Gandhi and Ambedkar: a study in leadership in M. Mahar (Ed.), The

Untouchables in Contemporary India, Tuscon, University of Arizona Press, 1972.

, From Untouchables to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, Delhi, Manohar, 1992.

LOCAL SELF GO VERNMENT GOVERNMENT

PAPER VII Course Rationale:
India has experimented with local self-government from the very ancient times. However the imperialist interlude and the consequent emergence of an overdeveloped state has led to the total centralization of state power and authority. Gandhiji championed the cause of decentralization and the Indian Constitution envisaged the creation of Village Panchayats, which was actualized by the 73rd and 74th amendments. This paper deals with the grass root level democratic units and their significance to our democracy and governance, their composition and powers and relevance of decentralization in contemporary set up. It also critically studies the relationship between peoples bodies and bureaucracy.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. Local Self Government and the Indian Political Process since Independence The 73rd and 74th Amendments Rural Local Self Government: Composition and Powers Urban Local Self Government: Composition and Powers

Political Science

219

5. 6. 7. 8.

Finances of Local Government Local Self Government Bureaucracy The Impact of Womens Quota in Panchayats Local Autonomy

Readings:
M. S. Adiseshiah et.al., Decentralized Planning and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Institute of Social Sciences, 1994. A. Bajpai, Panchayati Raj and Rural Development, Delhi, Sahitya Prakashan, 1997. and M.S. Verma, Panchayati Raj in India: A New Thrust, Delhi, Sahitya Prakashan, 1995. B. S. Bhargava, Grassroots leadership: A Study of Leadership in Panchayati Raj Institutions, Delhi, Ashish, 1979. , Panchayati Raj System and Political Parties, Delhi, Ashish, 1979. J. V. Bondurant, Regionalism versus Provincialism: A Study in Problems of Indian National

Unity, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1958.

T. N. Chaturvedi (ed.), Local Government, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1984. and R.B. Jain, Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1981. A. Datta, Union-State Relations, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1984. R. B. Jain (ed.), Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1981. R. V. Jather, Evolution of Panchayati Raj in India, Dharwar, Institute of Economic Reserch, 1964. S. N. Jha, and P.C. Mathur, Decentralization and Local Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1999. S. Kaushik, Women and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1993.

Political Science

220

B. S. Khanna, Panchayati Raj in India, Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1994. M. Kihlberg, The Panchayati Raj of India: Debate in a Developing Country, Delhi, Young Asia, 1970. A. Mukherjee (ed.), Decentralization of Panchayats in the 1990s, New Delhi, Vikas, 1994. I. Narain (ed.), Panchayati Raj Administration in Maharasthra: A Study of Supervision and

Control, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1974.

, Panchayati Raj Administration- Old Controls and New Challenges, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1970. M. G. Krishnan, Panchayati Raj in India: An Analytical Study of Karnataka, New Delhi, Mittal Publications, 1992. C. T. Kurien et.al, Decentralized Planning: the Indian Experience in the Development Process

of Indian Economy, Bombay, Himalaya Publishing House, 1987.

V. S. Mahajan (ed.), Agriculture, Rural Development and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1996. S. Maheswari, Local Government in India, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, 1996. A. K. Majumdar and B. Singh (eds.), Historical and Conceptual Development of Panchayati

Raj, New Delhi, Radha, 1997.

P. Manikyamba, Women in Panchayati Raj Structure, New Delhi, Gian, 1989. G. Mathew, Panchayati Raj: From Legislation to Movement, New Delhi, Concept, 1994. (ed.), Panchayati Raj in Karnataka Today: Its National Dimensions, New Delhi, Institute of Social Sciences, 1986. M. V. Mathur, and I. Narain (eds.), Panchayati Raj, Planning and Democracy, Bombay, Asia, 1969. S.N. Mishra, Panchayati Raj, Bureaucracy and Rural Development, New Delhi, Indian Institute of Public Administration, 1986. , Rural Development and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Concept, 1981.

Political Science

221

N. Ragagopal Rao, Panchayati Raj: A Study of Rural Local Government in India, New Delhi, Uppal, 1992. G. Ram Reddy, Pattern of Panchayati Raj in India, Delhi, Macmillan, 1977. U.K. Sham Bhat, New Panchayati Raj System: A Study of Politico-Administrative Dynamics, Jaipur, Rupa, 1995. K.C. Sharma, Leadership in Panchayati Raj, Jaipur, Printwell, 1996. S. Sharma, Grassroot Politics and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1994. R.V.P. Singh, Financing of Panchayati Raj Institutions, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1993. N. Sivanna, Panchayati Raj Reforms and Rural Development, Allahabad, Chugh, 1990. D. Thakur and S.N. Singh (eds.), District Planning and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Deep and Deep, 1991.

INDIAN POLITICAL ECONOMY

Paper VIII Course Rationale:
Schumpeter makes a distinction between economics and political economy, the former being value free while the later deals with ideological preferences, debates and alternative proposals. The Indian democratic set up has lead to a lively debate on economic issues relating to the nature of planning of India during the liberation struggle and the eventual establishment of a planning commission by Subhas Chandra Bose during his Presidency of the Congress Party and the subsequent Bombay Plan and Peoples Plan. The debate continues even after Independence and even today in this age of liberalization and globalization which is the thrust of this paper.

Course Content:
1. 2. Approaches to the Study of Political Economy Political Order and Economic Change

Political Science

222

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

The Planning Process in India Nature and Role of Capital in India: Industrialization and Rural Transformation Political Elements of Economy in Inequality and Self-Sufficiency Politicization of Foreign Aid and Credit Factors leading to liberalization of Indian Economy Major Issues of Contemporary Political Economy

Readings:
A. Abdul, Poverty Alleviation in India: policies and programmes, New Delhi, Ashish, 1994. J. Adams, Breaking Away: Indias economy vaults into the 1990s in M. Bouton and P. Oldenburg (eds.), India Briefing 1990 , Boulder Colorado, Westview Press and the Asia Society, 1990. I. J. Ahluwalia, Industrial Growth in India: Stagnation Since the Mid- 1960s, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985. and I.M.D. Little, Indias Economic Reforms and Development, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. Alternative Survey Group (ASG), Alternative Economic Survey 1996-97, New Delhi, Delhi Science Forum, 1997. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984. Dominant proprietary classes and Indias democracy in A. Kohli (ed.), Indias

Democracy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.

A. Beteille, Studies in Agrarian Social Structure, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1977. A. Bhaduri, The Economic Structure of Backward Agriculture, London, Academic Press, 1983. and D. Nayyar, The Intelligent Persons Guide to Liberalization, New Delhi, Penguin, 1996. J. Bhagwati, India in Transition: Freeing the Economy, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1993.

Political Science

223

The Design of Indian Development in I.J.Ahluwalia and I.M.D. Little (eds.), Indias Economic Reforms and Development: Essays for Manmohan Sigh, Delhi, Oxford University Press, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1998. and P. Desai, India: Planning for Industrialization, London, Oxford University Press, 1970. G.S. Bhalla (ed.), Economic Liberalization and Indian Agriculture, New Delhi, Institute for Industrial Development, 1994. T. Byres (ed.), The Indian Economy: Major Debates Since Independence, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1998. (ed.), The State, Development Planning and Liberalization in India, Delhi, Oxford Press, 1997. R. Cassen and V. Joshi (eds.), India: the Future of Economic Reform , Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1995. S. Chakravarty, Developing Planning: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1987. P. Chaudhuri, The Indian Economy: Poverty and Development, New Delhi, Vikas, 1979. V. M. Dandekar, Role of Economic Planning in India in the 1990s and Beyond, Economic and Political Weekly, June 11, 1994. , Poverty in India, Pune, Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, 1971. and N. Rath, Poverty in India- Dimensions and Trends, Economic and Political Weekly, 6, 1971. M. L. Dantwala, Poverty in India: Now and Then, Bombay, Macmillan, 1973. A. R. Desai, State and Society in India: Essays in Dissent, Bombay, Popular, 1974. M. Desai, Development Perspectives: was there an alternative to Mahalanobis? in I.J. Ahluwalia and I.M.D. Little (eds.), Indias Economic Reforms and Development: Essays for Manmohan Singh, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. J. Drze and A. Sen, Indian Economic Development and Social Opportunity, New York, Oxford University Press, 1995.

Political Science

224

A. J. Fonseca, Challenge of Poverty in India, Delhi, Vikas, 1971. F. Frankel, Indias Green Revolution: Economic Gains and Political Costs, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971. , Indias Political Economy, 1947-77: The Gradual Revolution, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1978. A. Ghosh, Indian Economy: Its Nature and Problems, 22nd revised edn., Calcutta, World Press, 1979-80. R. Guha, Unquiet Woods: Ecological Change and Peasant Resistance in the Himalaya, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. B. Jalan (ed.), The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, New Delhi, Viking, 1992. R. Jenkins, Democratic Politics and Economic Reform in India , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999. V. Joshi, Fiscal Stabilization and economic reform in India in I.J. Ahluwalia and M.D. Little (eds.), Indias Economic Reforms and Development: Essays for Manmohan Singh, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998. D. Khatkhate, India on an economic reform trajectory in L. Gordon and P. Oldenburg (eds.), India Briefing 1992, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press and the Asia Society, 1992. R. Khator, Environment, Development and Politics in India, Lanham Md, University Press of America, 1991. S. Kochanek, Business and Politics in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1974. A. Kohli, The State and Poverty in India: Politics of Reform, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1987. C. T. Kurien, Poverty, Planning and Social Transformation, New Delhi, Allied, 1978. R. Lucas and G. Papanek (eds.), The Indian Economy: Recent Developments and Future

Prospects, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1988.

G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968.

Political Science

225

D. Nayyar, Economic Liberalization in India: Analytics, Experience and Lessons, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1996. P. Patnaik, Imperialism and the growth of Indian capitalism in R. Owen and R. Sutcliffe (eds.), Theories of Imperialism, London, Longman, 1972. Industrial Development in India since Independence, Social Scientist, 7 (11), 83, 1979. and S. Rao, 1975-76: beginning of the end of stagnation?, Social Scientist , 5, 1977. G. Rosen, Industrial Change in India- 1970-2000: Present State of Indian Manufacturers and Outlook of the Same, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989. R. I. Rudolph and S.H. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi: The Political Economy of the Indian State, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987. J. Sachs, A. Varshney and N. Bajpai (eds.), India in the Era of Economic Reforms, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1999. R. Sau, Indias Economic Development: Aspects of Class Relations, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1981. A. Sen, The State, Industrialization and Class Formation in India, London, Routlege and Kegan Paul, 1982. M. Shepperdson and C. Simmons (eds.), The Indian National Congress and the Political Economy of India 1885-1985, Alderbot, Avebury, 1988. V. Shiva, The Violence of the Green Revolution, London, Zed Books, 1991. A. Vanaik, The Painful Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990. P. Verma, The Great Indian Middle Class, Delhi, Viking, 1998. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox, Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989. , The Child and the State in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1991. M. Woocumings (ed.), The Developmental State in Historical Perspective, Ithaca NY, Cornell University Press, 1998.

Political Science

226

M.A. OPTIONALS
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Indian Administration Development Administration Administrative Theory Public Policy and Analysis Comparative Administrative Systems in Developing Countries Economic Administration in India International Administration Bureaucracy

Political Science

227

INDIAN ADMINISTRATION
PAPER I Course Rationale:
This paper provides the basic knowledge of the evolution, the structure of the system of administration at the central and state levels in India. In addition there is need to focus on the system of district administration and the need for a decentralized system. The role and contribution of public services and in particular to the development process is also one of the important aspects of this paper. The paper details the basic parameters of the Indian Administrative System with reference to the idea of committed bureaucracy. It emphasizes the structural mix, institutional evolution and the dynamics of organizational change.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Evolution of Indian Administration in the Colonial Period Post Independence Indian Administration Political Structure and Administration Structure of Central Administration Structure of State Administration Public Services and their contribution District Administration Decentralized Administration: Urban and Rural

Readings:
R. K. Arora (ed.), Administrative Change in India, Jaipur, Alekh Publishers, 1974. P. L. Bansal, Administrative Development in India, New Delhi, Sterling, 1974. C. P. Bhambri, Bureaucracy and Politics in India, Delhi, Vikas Publications, 1971. M. Bhattacharya, Bureaucracy and Development Administration, New Delhi, Uppal, 1978.

Political Science

228

R. Braibhanti and J. Spengler (eds.), Administration and Economic Development in India, Durnham, Duke University Press, 1963. A. Chandra, Indian Administration, London, Allen & Unwin, 1968. P. R. Dubshashi, Rural Development Administration in India, Bombay, Popular Prakahsan, 1972. S. C. Dube (ed.), Public Services and Social Responsibility, Shimla, Institute of Advanced Studies, 1979. R. B. Jain, Contemporary Issues in Indian Administration, Delhi, Visha, 1976. S. R. Maheswari, Evolution of Indian Administration, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal, 1970. , Indian Administration, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1998. M. V. Mathur, and I. Narain (ed.), Panchayti Raj, Planning & Democracy, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1969. O. P. Motiwal (ed.), Changing Aspects of Public Administration in India, Allahabad, Chugh Publications, 1976.

Organization of Government of India, Department of Personnel and Administrative Reforms, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1971.
V. A. PaiPanandiker (ed.), Development Administration in India, Madras, Macmillan, 1974. G. R. Reddy (ed.), Pattern of Panchayati Raj in India, Madras, Macmillan, 1977.

DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION
Paper II Course Rationale:
Development administration signifies the uses of administration as an instrument of planned economic development and social change in developing countries. The machinery of development planning at centre, state & local levels, and the new trends of self development & empowerment of the people are the basic emphasis of this paper. It provides a framework for an overall view of policies by focussing into areas of development, along with the

Political Science

229

administrative amendments- in areas of local self government. There is a need to understand the holistic meaning of development, one that leads to the elevation and empowerment of the ordinary people.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Concept of development and Development Administration. Public Administration as Instrument for Development. Policies of Development. New trends in Peoples self-Development and empowerment. Machinery of Development- Planning at the Central level Machinery of Development at the State level Machinery of Development at the Local levels. Local self Government in Rural and Urban areas with special reference to administrative amendments.

Readings:
Almond, G. A. & G. B. Powell Jr., Comparative Politics: A Development Approach New Delhi, Amerind Publishing Company, 1966. R. K. Arora and S. Sharma (eds.), Comparative & Development Administration: Ideas &

Action, Jaipur, Arihant, 1992.

N. Bava, The Social Science Perspective & Method of Public Administration: Policy &

Development Administration Approach, New Delhi, Uppal, 1992.

C. P. Bhambri, Administration in a Changing Society, Delhi, National, 1978. M. Bhattacharya, Bureaucracy & Development Administration, Delhi, Uppal, 1979. C. Bryant and L. While, Managing Development in the Third World , Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1987.

Political Science

230

T. J. Byres (ed.), The State and Development Planning in India, Bombay, Oxford University Press 1994. P. Cloke and Jo Little, The Rural State: Limits to Planning in Rural Society, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1990. G. Craig and M. Mayo, Community Empowerment: A Reader in Participation & Development, London, Zed Books, 1995. P. Datta, Major Issues in the Development Debate: Lessons in Empowerment From India, New Delhi, Kanishka, 1998. , Decentralization: Expenditure Pattern & Organizational Realities , Delhi, Wiley Eastern, 1988. P. R. Dubashi, Recent Trends in Public Administration, Delhi, Kaveri, 1995. O. P. Dwivedi, Development Administration: From Underdeveloped to Sustainable Development, Houndmills, Macmillan, 1994. M. Franda, Voluntary Associations and Local Development in India, New Delhi, Young Asia, 1983. V. R. Gaikwad and P. S. Parmar, Rural Development Administration Under Democratic

Decentralization: Expenditure Pattern and Organizational Realities, Delhi, Wiley Eastern, 1980.
S. S. Gadkari and M. R. Kolhetkar, Introduction in Public Administration, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 2000. G. F. Grant, Development Administration: Concepts, Goals, Methods, Madison, University of Wisconsin, 1979. J. F. Handler, Power from Bureaucracy: The Ambiguity of Privatization & Empowerment, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1996. G. Haragopal, Administrative Leadership & Development in India, New Delhi, Light and Life, 1980 B. Hettne, Development theory and The Three Worlds, England, Longman Group, 1996.

Political Science

231

R. Hooja, District Planning: concept, Settings & State Level Applications, Jaipur, Aalekh, 1986. R. B. Jain and P.N. Chaudhari (eds.), Bureaucratic Values in Development, New Delhi, Uppal. C. Kay, Development and Underdevelopment: A Marxist Analysis, London, Macmillan, 1975. R. M. Khandelwal, State Level Plan Administration in India, Jaipur, RBSA Publishers, 1985. D. C. Korten (ed.), Bureaucracy & The Poor: Closing the Gap, Singapore, McGraw Hill, 1981. D. C. Korten and R. Klaus (eds.), People Centred Development: Construction Towards Theory

and Planning Frameworks, Hart Ford CT, Rumarian Press, 1984.

J. La Palombara (ed.), Bureaucracy & Political Development , Princeton NJ, Princeton University, 1967. S. R. Maheshwari, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied, 1994. S. R. Melkote, Communication for Development in the Third World: Theory and Practice for

Empowerment, New Delhi, Sage Publications, 2001.

G. K. Mishra and G. C. Mathur, Private Partnership in Urban Development, New Delhi, Intellectual Book Corner, 1997. J. D. Montgomery and W. J. Siffin (eds.), Approaches to Development, Politics,

Administration & Change, New York, Mc Graw Hill, 1966.

G. Myrdal, Economic theory and Underdeveloped Regions, London, G. Duckworth, 1957. D. Nandini, Rural Development Administration, Jaipur, Rawat Publication, 1992. V. A. Pai Panandikar (ed.), Development Administration in India, Delhi, Macmillan, 1974. & S. S. Khirsagar (eds.), Bureaucracy and Development Administration, New Delhi, Centre for Policy Research, 1978 H. K. Paranjape, The Planning Commission: A Descriptive Account, New Delhi, IIPA, 1964. Planning Commission, The Planning Process, Delhi, GOI, 1975.

Political Science

232

Planning Commission, Report of the Working Group on Block Level Planning, New Delhi, GOI, 1978. Planning Commission, Report of the Working Group on District Planning, New Delhi, GOI, 1984. K. Prasad (ed.), Planning & its Implementation, New Delhi, IIPA, 1984. P. W. Purushottam and M. Karamatullah, Development Administration: A Rural Perspective, Delhi, Kanishka, 1993. K. Reddy, K. Venugopal and L. Kosalram (eds.), Multi - Level Planning in India, Hyderabad, CESS & Booklinks Corporation, 1988. D. Reid, Sustainable Development: An Introductionary Guide, London, Earthscan, 1995. F. W. Riggs, Administration in Developing Countries, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964. and R. D. Krishna, Development Debate, Jaipur, Printwell, 1987. (ed.), Frontiers of Development Administration, Durham, Duke University Press, 1970. C. K. Roy, et. al . (eds.), Development Management & Administration: A Third World

Perspective, Calcutta, Wiley Eastern, 1993.

A. Sarup and S. Brahma, Planning for Millions, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern, 1990. A. K. Sharma, Planning for Rural Development Administration, Jaipur, Rawat Publishing, 1995. , Peoples Empowerment, IJPA, 42(3), July - September 1996. S. K. Sharma (ed.), Dynamics of Development: An International Perspective, Delhi, Concept, 1978. A. Singh, Public Administration: The Grassroot Concerns, New Delhi, Mittal, 1998. H. Singh, Administration of Rural Development in India, New Delhi, Sterling, 1995. B. Smith (ed.), Progress in Development Administration : Selected Papers from Public

Administration & Development, 1981-1991, Chi Chester, John Wiley & Sons, 1992.

Political Science

233

N. Somasekhara, States Planning in India, Bombay, Himalaya Publishing House, 1984. K. B. Srivastava, New Perspectives in Development Administration in India, New Delhi, Concept Publishing, 1994. K. Staudt, Managing Development: State, Society & International Contexts, Newbury Park, Sage, 1991. D. C. Stone, Administration for Development & the Effective Administration: Two Lectures, New Delhi, IIPA, 1964. I. Swerdlow (ed.), Development Administration: Concept & Problems, Syracuse NY, Syracuse University Press, 1963. M. Umpathy, Development Administration Today: Super or Sub - disciplines, Mysore, Menu Publishing, 1994. J. S. Uppal, Indian Economic Planning, Delhi, Macmillan, 1984. S. P. Verma and S. K. Sharma (eds.), Development Administration, New Delhi, IIPA, 1984. D. Waldo (ed.), Temporal Dimensions of Development Administrations, Durham, Duke University Press, 1970.

ADMINISTRATIVE THEORY
PAPER III Course Rationale:
The main purpose of this paper is to provide some useful knowledge on the issues, trends and perspectives within Administrative Theory. The rapid expansion and consolidation of the administrative systems all over the world and the complexities involved in the whole process has led to the development of relevant knowledge in the field of public administration. This course focuses on essential ingredients of administration namely personnel & methods of management that enables us to understand the grammar of administration. The forces of globalization and liberalization have brought about important changes in administrative theory as well, which needs to be critically analyzed.

Political Science

234

Course Content:
1. 2. Public/Politics and Administration Organizations, categories, rationality in administrative behaviour and decision making 3. 4. 5. Organizations and social environment Bureaucracy, organization of concept features of Weberian construction Accountability and representative bureaucracy and responsibility of committed bureaucracy 6. 7. Administrative management O&M programme evolution, management information systems, and public management 8. Public policy analysis

Readings:
Administrative Accountability, New Delhi, IIPA, 1984.
M. Albrow, Bureaucracy, London, Macmillan, 1970. C. W. Anderson, Statecraft: An Introduction to Political Choice and Judgement, New York, Wiley, 1977.

Annual report of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Department of Administrative Reforms, New
Delhi, the GOI publication, 1964-65. J. D. Aram, Dilemmas of Administrative Behaviour, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1976. R. K. Arora, Politics and Administration in Changing Societies, New Delhi, Associated, 1992. , Comparative Public Administration: An Ecological Perspective , New Delhi, Associated Publishing House, 1979. U. K. Banerjee, Information Management in Government, New Delhi, Concept, 1984. P. M. Blau, Bureaucracy in Modern Society, New York, Random House, 1962.

Political Science

235

S. C. Blumenthal, Management Information System: a Framework for Planning and Development, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. M. Bhattacharya, Restructuring Public Administration: Essays in Rehabilitation, New Delhi, Jawahar, 1990. G. B. Davis, Management Information System: Conceptional Foundations Structure and Development, New York, McGraw Hill, 1985. W. N. Dunn, Public Policy Analysis: An Introduction, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1981. A. Etzioni, Modern Organisations, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1964. J. W. Fesler and D. F. Kettl, The Politics of the Administrative Process Chantham, Chantham Publishing House, 1991.

First Annual Report of the Organisation and Methods Division, New Delhi, Cabinet Secretariat, 1954-55.
G. F. Grant, Development Administration: Concepts, Goals, Methods, Madison, University of Wisconsin Press, 1979. Gorwala, A.D., Report on Public Administration, New Delhi, The Manager of Publications, 1951. J. Harvey, The Organisation in its Environment: Business in the Mixed Economy, London, Macmillan, 1983. N. Henry, Public Administration and Public Affairs, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1999. P. B. Heymann, The Politics of Public Management, London, Yale University Press, 1987. P. C. Jain, Management Information System: Concept, Structure and Development, Jaipur, Saraswati, 1992. S. Krislov, Representative Bureaucracy, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1974. , Management and Government, New Delhi, IIPA, 1956. W. L. Marrow, Public administration: Politics and the Political System, New York, Random House, 1975. W. McCourt and M. Minogue (eds.), The Internationalization in Gender: Images in Public Administration: Legitimacy and the Administrative State, New Delhi, Sage, 1993. Mood, Alexander, Introduction to Policy Analysis, London, Edward Arnold, 1983.

Political Science

236

S. S. Nagel, Contemporary Public Policy Analysis, Alabama, University of Alabama press, 1984.

Report of the Department of personnel and Administrative Reforms: 1972-73, New Delhi, Cabinet Secretariat, 1973.
P. Self, Administrative Theories and Politics: An Inquiry into the Structure and Process of Modern Government, New Delhi, S. Chand and Co. Ltd., 1984. H. A. Simon, Administrative Behaviour: A Study of Decision-Making Process in Administration, New York, The Free Press, 1957. ,Organisations , New York, John Wiley,1958. C. Stivers, Towards a Feminist Theory of Public Administration in Gender: Images in Public

Administration: Legitimacy and the Administrative State, New Delhi, Sage, 1993.
J. W. Sutherland, Administrative Decision-Making: Extending the bounds of Rationality, New York, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1977. C. Tisdell, Bounded Rationality and Economic Evolution: A Contribution to Decision

Management, Cheltenham, Edward Elgar, 1996.

M. Zery-Ferrel, Dimensions of Organisations: Environment, Context, Structure, Process and

Performance, Santa Monica, Goodyear, 1979.

PUBLIC POLICY AND ANALYSIS

Paper IV Course Rationale:
Policy execution is considered to be the legitimate domain of administration. This paper details the various aspects of the public policy process - policy planning and research, policy formulation, policy implementation, policy evaluation and policy analysis. It deals with the process of how policy decisions support a cause of action and provide a direction to an administrative action. This paper is framed as a policy science concerned with the interdisciplinary process of analysis, planning formulation, implementation and evaluation of public policy as its core areas. It deals with the problems that are encountered in making of policies and implementation of programmes.

Political Science

237

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Public Policy: Meaning, Nature and Importance Policy analysis: Meaning, Issues and Models Policy Making: Factors and Institutions Policy Implementation: Meaning and Elements Public Policy formulation in the developed and developing countries Public policy in the Newly Industrialized countries Techniques, Conditions for successful implementations Policy evaluation: Criteria and Problems

Readings:
H. J. Aaron, T.E. Mann and T. Taylor (eds.), Values and Public Policy, Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1994. P. H. Appleby, Policy and Administration, Alabama, University of Alabama Press, 1957. J. E. Anderson, Public Policymaking, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1990. E. Bardach, The Implementation Game: What Happens after a Bill become a Law, Cambridge, MIT Press, 1977. J.N. Bhagwati and S. Ckakravarty, Contribution to Indian Economic Analysis: A Survey, Bombay, Lavani, 1972. D. Borrow and J. Dryzek, Policy Analysis by Design, Pittsburgh, University of Pittsburgh Press, 1987. G. P. Deleon, Foundations of Policy Analysis, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1983. M. Derthick, Policy Making for Social Security, Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1979. and P. J. Quirk, The Politics of Deregulation, Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1985.

Political Science

238

D. Dery, Problem Definition in Policy Analysis, Kansas, University Press of Kansas, 1984. T. D. Dror, Understanding Public Policy, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1984. W. Dunn, Public Policy Analysis: An Introduction, 2nd edn., Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1994. T. Dye, Understanding Public Policy, 9th edn., Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1997. G. C. Edwards and I. Sharkansky, The Policy Predicament: Making and Implementing Public

Policy, San Franciso, W.H. Freeman, 1978.

G. Esping-Andersen, The Three Worlds of Welfare Capitalism, Oxford, Polity Press, 1990. P. M. Evans, D. Rueschemeyer and T. Skocpol (eds.), Bringing the State Back In , New York, Cambridge University Press, 1993. D. J. Gayle and J.N. Goodrich (eds.), Privatization and Deregulation in Global Perspective, London, Pinter, 1990. G. R. Gilbert, Making and Managing Policy: Formulation Analysis and Evaluation, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1984. R. E. Goodin, Political Theory and Public Policy, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1982. P. M. Gregg (ed.), Problems of Theory in Policy Analysis, Lexington, Lexington Books, 1976. B. Hogwood and L. Gunn, Policy Analysis for the Real Wood, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984. and B. Guy Peters, The Pathology of Public Policy, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1985. P. W. House and J. McLeod, Large Scale Models for Policy Evaluation, New York, Wiley, 1977. H. Ingram and S.R. Smith, Public Policy for Democracy , Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1993. J. Kingdon, Agendas, Alternatives and Public Policies, New York, Harper Collins, 1984. H. D. Lasswell, A Pre-view of Policy Sciences, New York, American Elsevier, 1971.

Political Science

239

D. Lerner and H. D. Lasswell (eds.), The Policy Sciences: Recent Development in Scope

and Methods, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1951.

M. A. Levin and M.B. Sander, Making Government Work: How Entrepreneurial Executives

Turn Bright Ideas into Real Results, San Francisco, Jossey-Bass, 1994.
P. C. Light, Artful Work: The Politics of Social Security Reform, New York, Random House, 1985. , Monitoring Government: Inspector General and the Search for Accountability, Washington DC, Brookings Institution, 1993. T. J. Lowi, The End of Liberalism, 2nd edn., New York, Norton, 1979. L. E. Lynn Jr., Designing Public Policy: A Casebook on the Role of Policy Analysis, Santa Monica, California, Goodyear, 1980. , Managing Public Policy, Boston, Little Brown, 1987. G. Majone, Evidence Argument and Persuasion in the Policy Process, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1989. D. A. Mazmanian and P. A. Sabatier, Effective Policy Implementation, Toronto, Lexington Books, 1981. C. E. Merriam, New Aspects of Politics, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1925. A. Mood, Introduction to Policy Analysis, London, Edward Arnold, 1983. S. S. Nagel, Policy Theory and Policy Evaluation: Concepts, Knowledge, Causes and Norms, Delhi, Greenwood Press, 1990. , Contemporary Public Policy Analysis, Alabama, University of Alabama Press, 1984. R. P. Nathan, Social Science in Government, New York, Basic Books, 1989. M. Olson, The Logic of Collective Action, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1965. V. Ostrom, Multi-organizational arrangements and coordination: an application of institutional analysis in Guidance, Control and Evaluation in the Public Sector, ed. F.X. Kaufman, G. Majone and V. Ostrom, Berlin and New York, Walter de Gruyter, 1986.

Political Science

240

, Some Developments in the study of market choice, public choice and institutional choice in The Handbook of Public Administration, ed. J. Rabin, W.B. Hildreth and G.J. Miller, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1989. D. J. Palumbo and D. J. Calista (eds.), Implementation and the Policy Process: Opening up

the Black Box, New York, Greenwood Press, 1983.

C. Pateman, The Patriarchal Welfare State in Democracy and the Welfare State, ed. A. Gutman, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1986. M. Patton, Qualitative Evaluation and Research Methods, Newbury Park California, Sage, 1990. N. W. Polsby, Political Innovation in America, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1984. A. J. Polsky, The Rise of the Therapeutic State, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1991. S. B. Prasad, Strategy and Implementation: Text and Cases within a Global View, New York, Random House, 1983. H. Rainey, Understanding and Managing Public Organizations, San Fransciso, Jossey-Bass, 1991. A. Ranney (ed.), Political Science and Public Policy, Chicago, Markham, 1968. D. M. Ricci, The Tragedy of Political Science: Politics, Scholarship and Democracy, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1984. J. A. Rohr, To Run a Constitution: The Legitimacy of the Administrative State, Lawrence, University of Kansas Press, 1986. R. Rose, Lesson-Drawing in Public Policy, Chatham NJ, Chatham Publishing House, 1992. P. A. Sabatier and H.C. Jenkins-Smith, Policy Change and Learning: An Advocacy of

Coalition Approach, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993.

R. K. Sapru, Public Policy: Formulation, Implementation and Evaluation, New Delhi, Sterling, 1994. P. K. Saxena (ed.), Comparative Public Policy, Jaipur, Rawat Publishers, 1993.

Political Science

241

L. Sharkansky (ed.), Policy Analysis in Political Science, Chicago, Markham, 1970. T. Skocpol, Protecting Soldiers and Mothers: The Political Origins of Social Policy in America, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. T. A. Smith, Time and Public Policy, Knoxville, University of Tennessee Press, 1989. C. P. Snow, Two Cultures and a Second Look, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1988. A. Somit and J. Tanenhaus, The Development of American Political Science, Boston, Allyn and Bacon, 1967. J. D. Steinbruner, The Cybernetic Theory of Decision: The Dimensions of Political Analysis, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977. E. Stokey and R. Zeckhauser, A Primer for Policy Analysis , New York, Norton, 1978. D. A. Stone, Policy Paradoxes and Political Reason, Glenview, Scott, Foresman and Company, 1988. A. C. Tandau, Policy Implementation in India: A Case Study, New Delhi, Vikas, 1994. J. Q. Wilson, Political Organizations, New York, Basic Books, 1973.

COMPARATIVE ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEMS IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

Paper V Course Rationale:

Administration as an organized force, assumes crucial importance in the context of developing countries, which lacks adequate secondary structures. This paper therefore acquires special significance in the development of the discipline in the Third World. It tries to study administrative organizations in a comparative framework making it comprehensive and scientific. It endeavors critically to explain and appraise the viability of the concept of development administration and thereby helps in integrating various administrative theories, practices and institutions in a developing country. It attempts to link up the theory of public administration with a comparative study of administrative institutions, systems and procedures.

Political Science

242

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. The concept nature and growing significance of comparative public administration. Evolution of comparative public administration as such for universal patterns. Post colonial legacies futures of administration systems in developing countries. Approaches to study of public administration: Institutional, Behavioural and policy analysis. 5. 6. 7. 8. Fundamental Rights contribution: The Concept of Primitive Society. Max Webers contribution: The Bureaucratic Model. Development administration, the Marxian and Neo Marxian perspective Socialist and Third world Models.

Readings:
R. K. Arora, Comparative Public Administration: An Ecological Perspective, New Delhi, Associated Publication, 1972. W. E. Conklin, In Defence of Fundamental Rights, Maryland, Sijthoff & Noordhoff, 1979. K. Davis, Human Society, New York, Macmillan, 1958. A. Farazmand, Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1991. D. G. Garson, On Democratic Administration and Socialist Self-management : A Comparative

Survey emphasizing the Yugoslav Experience, Beverly Hills California, Sage Publication,
1974. F. Heady, Public Administration: A Comparative Perspective, New York, Marcel Dekker, 1984. D. Hirschmann, Development management versus Third World Bureaucracies: A Brief History of Conflicting Interests, Development & Change, 30, 2, April, 1999. K. R. Hope, Politics, Bureaucratic Corruption and Mal-Administation in the Third World,

International Review of Administrative Sciences, 51(1), 1985.

Political Science

243

G. Hyden, Public Admininstration in Developing Countries Kenya & Tanzania in Comparative Perspective, Aldershot, Edward Elgar, 1995. W. F. Ilchman, New Time in Old clocks: Productivity, Development & Comparative Public Administration, Bloomington, The Group, 1967. S. M. Katz, A System approach to Development Administration, Washington DC, ASPA, 1965. R. H. Lowie, Primitive Society, London, Routledge, 1953. H. Mathur, Administrative Development in the Third World: Constraints and Choices, New Delhi, Sage, 1986. B. P. Nagchaudhari (ed.), New Technological Civilization and Indian Society, Delhi, Indus, 1990. B. B. Peters, The Politics of Bureaucracy: A Comparative Perspective, New York, Longman, 1978. J. Pierre (ed.), Bureaucracy in the Modern State, Aldershot, Edward Elgar, 1995. M. S. Haque, The Contextless Nature of Public Administration in Third World Countires, International Review of Administrative Success, 62 (3), September, 1996. R. N. Sharma, Fundamental Rights, Liberty and Social Order, New Delhi, Deep & Deep, 1992. G. Smith, Public Policy and Administration in the Soviet Union, New York, Praeger, 1980.

Some Problems in Public Administration in Developing Countries, Honolulu, The East-West Center, 1966.
V. Subramaniam, Public Administration in the Third World, New York, Greenwood Press, 1990. Symposium on current trends in Public Administration in Socialist Countries, International Review of Administrative Sciences, 55 (I), March, 1989. C. A. O. Van Micuwnenhuize, Public Administration: Comparative Administration Development Administration: Concepts and Theory in their Struggle for Relevance, The Hague, Institute of Social Studies, 1973. S. P. Verma and J.K. Sharma, Comparative Public Administration, New Delhi, IIPA, 1985. V. N. Viswanathan, Comparative Public Administration, New Delhi, Sterling, 1995.

Political Science

244

ECONOMIC ADMINISTRATION IN INDIA

Paper VI Course Rationale:
This paper is an introduction to the economic background and the current trends affecting Indias economic development. It addresses the jurisdiction of the Centre and the States, their role in economy planning and the recent shifts in view of decentralization. The interrelation between the polity and the economy and their ramification on the economic development, and the administration in key sectors form an important component of the paper. The whole process of planning- its history, achievements, limitations and failures needs to be critically assessed. The administrative and economic changes in light of globalization and liberalization needs to be critically analyzed.

Course Content:
1. Meaning, scope and significance of economic administration, economic development, planning process 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. The Planning Process in India Achievements and Limitations of Planning Process in India Winds of Change: Rajiv Gandhis attempts at Modernization Economic liberalization and globalization and their impact on administration. Concurrent jurisdiction of the union and states in economic administration. Administration of agriculture, rural development, transport and communication. Political and administrative interaction in economic development.

Readings:
Administrative Reform Commission (Chairman: K. Hanumanthaiya), Report on Economic

Administration, Delhi, the Manager of Publication, 1968.

M. S. Adiseshiah, Centre-State relation in Economic & Social Planning, IASSI Quarterly, 13(4), April-January, 1995.

Political Science

245

R. K. Arora and M.V. Mathur (eds.), Development Policy and Administration in India, New Delhi, Associated, 1985. J. Barratt, et.al., Strategy for Development, London, Macmillan, 1976. R. Braibanti and J. J. Spengler (eds.), Administration and Economic Development in India, Durban, Duke University, Press, 1963. D. Bravtigam, Governance and Economy: A Review, Washington DC, IBRD, 1991. R. Brickner and R. M. Cope, The Planning Process, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1979. S. G. Deogaonkar, Administration for Rural Development in India, New Delhi, Concept, 1980. Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Rethinking Public Administration an overview, New York, The UN, 1998. R. Dutta, Economic Federalism and Plan Financing, Mainstream, 34 (45), 12th October, 1996. P. R. Dubhashi, Economic Planning & Public Administration, Bombay, Somaiya, 1976. Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, Rural Development administration

in India: Some Emerging Policy Issues, Bangkok, The UN., 1979.

M. R. Goodall, Administration and Planning for Economic Development, Delhi, Ranjit Printing, 1952. G. Hunter, The Administration of Agricultural Development: Lessons from India, London, Oxford University Press, 1970. L. K. Jha, Economic Administration in India: Retrospect and Prospect, New Delhi, IIPA, 1986. K. N. Kabra, Indian Planning and liberalisation, EPW, 31 (40), 5th October, 1996. C. Lakshmanna, Democratic Planning: Problems & Process, Calcutta, Minerva, 1975. S. R. Maheshwari, Re-inventing Public Administration in India: the challenge of liberalisation,

Indian Journal of Public Administration, 42(3) July-September, 1996.

K. Mathur, Bureaucracy & the New Agricultural Strategy, New Delhi, Concept, 1982.

Political Science

246

P. K. B. Nayor, Leadership, Bureaucracy and Planning in India: A Sociological Study, New Delhi, Associated Publication, 1969. D. Nayyar, Economic Development and Political Democracy: Interaction of Economic & Politics in independent India, Economic and Political Weekly, 33 (49), 5th December, 1998. H. K. Paranjape, The Planning Commission: A Descriptive Account, New Delhi, IIPA, 1964. K. Prasad, Report on a Study of the Planning Process for Rural Development at the Block

& District Level, New Delhi, IIPA, 1985.

R. S. Shiva, Globalization and Indian Liberalization, Delhi, South Asia, 1994. C. S. Singh, Dynamics of Rural Development Administration, New Delhi, Spick and Span, 1988. H. Singh, Agriculture Administration in India, Jaipur, Printwell, 1986. S. S. Singh, Liberalisation and Public Service: Agenda for reforms, Indian Journal of Public

Administration, 42 (3), July-September. 1996.

C. Smith, Economic Development: Growth & Welfare, Houndmills, Macmillan, 1994. O. C. Sud, Administrative Problems of Rural Development In India, Delhi, Kanishka, 1992. I. Swerdlow, The Public Administration of Economic Development, New York Praeger, 1975.

INTERNATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
Paper VII Course Rationale:
This paper examines the structure, processes and problems of international administration. It explores the structural mix between institutional evolution and the dynamics of organizational change in a fast changing world. It attempts to examine the security and developmental concerns, arising out of regional political and social and economic conditions that gave rise to the UN, WTO, World Bank and the IMF. The specific character,

Political Science

247

programmes and the progress of these organizations, the similarities and differences between them, helps us to understand the role of these organizations in dealing with important issues, concerns and problems confronting the international community of nations.

Course Content:
1. International Administration till the Second World War with special reference to the League of Nations 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Factors leading to the Establishment of the United Nations Major Functions of the UN Specialized Agencies of the UN: UNESCO and UNICEF Specialized Agencies of the UN: ILO and WHO The UN Secretariat: Organization, Functions and its Working International Civil Service Proposals for Reform

Readings:
C. F. Amerasinghe, The Law of International Civil Service: As applied by International

Administrative Tribunals, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1994.

H. Ameri, Politics and Process in the Specialized Agencies of the United Nations, Aldershot, Hants and Gower, 1982. S. D. Bailey, and D. Sydney, The General Assembly of the UN: A Study of the Procedure

and Practice, London, Stevens, 1960.

R. Basu, Personnel Administration in the UN, New Delhi, Sterling,1989. Y. Beigbeder, Management Problems in the United Nations Organizations: Reform or Decline, London, Frances Pinter, 1987. J. L. Brierly, The Covenant and Charter, London, Cambridge University Press, 1947.

Political Science

248

G. R. Bunting and M.J.Lee (eds.), The Evolution of the United Nations, Oxford, Pergan, 1964. V. Cable, Globalization and Global Governance, London, Royal Institute of International Affairs, 1999. D. C. Coyle, The United Nations and How it Works, New York, Columbia University Press, 1961. J. G. Hadwen, How United Nations Decisions Are Made? Leyden, Sythoff, 1960. M. Hewson and T. J. Sinclair, Approaches to Global Governance Theory, New York, State University of New York Press, 1999. M. Hill, The United Nations System: Coordinating its Economic and Social Work Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1978. International civil service advisory board, the UN, Report of International Civil Service

Advisory Board to General Assembly, New York, The UN Publication, 1974.

R. S. Jordan, The fluctuating fortunes of the United Nations international civil service: hostage to politics or undeservedly criticized? Public Administration Review , 51(4),JulAug.,1991. J. Lemoine, The International Civil Servant: An Endangered Species, The Hague, Kluwer Law International, 1995. A. Loveday, Reflections on International Administration, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1956. G. J. Mangone (ed.), The UN administration of Economic and Social Programmes New York, Columbia University Press, 1966. R. I. McLaren, Civil Servants and Public Policy: Comparative Study of International

Secretariats, Waterloo Ontario, Wilfrid Laurier University Press, 1980.

T. Meron, The United Nations Secretariat: The rules and the Practice, Lexington, Lexington Books, 1977. C. V. Narsimhan, The United Nations: An Inside View, Delhi, Vikas, 1988.

Political Science

249

M. A. Niaz, Training Programme for Various Categories of Civil Servants, Brussels, IIAS, 1969.

Personnel Administration in the United Nations, New Delhi, IIPA, 1957.

D. Pitt and T. G. Weiss (eds.), Nature of United Nations Bureaucracies, London, Croom Helm, 1986. K. P. Saksena, Reforming the United Nations: The Challenge of Relevance, New Delhi, Sage, 1993. S. Singh, Structure and Functions of the UNO, Delhi, Kanishka, 1995.

BUREAUCRACY
Paper VIII Course Rationale:
This paper deals with important contemporary aspects of bureaucratic theory and practice, an institution that is pivotal to modern organizations in both the developed and developing societies. The bureaucracy has assumed special significance in a developing democratic polity for it has to achieve the goals of economic development, provide institutional stability to government and ensure effective governance. These have become all the more important in light of democratization, globalization, liberalization, information age and e-governance. This paper highlights all these dimensions and critically examines the proposals to ensure accountability, transparency, effective and efficient administration to make development meaningful for the majority.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. Bureaucracy: Meaning, Concept and Role Recruitment Training Promotion

Political Science

250

5. 6.

Discipline & Morale Conduct Rules, Incentives for Administrative Improvement Employee - Employer Relationship: Machinery Vegetation and Settlement of Service Conditions

7. 8.

Removal of citizens grievances regarding officials Changing role of Bureaucracy after liberalization and globalization

Readings:
M. Albow, Bureaucracy, London, Macmillan, 1970. R. Bhaskara Employer-Employee Relations, New Delhi, Concept Publishing House, 1978 P. M. Blau, Bureaucracy in Modern Society, New York, Random House, 1962. B. K. Dey, Conflict Management in Government; J.C.M. Style, Indian Journal of Public

Administration, July-Sept., 1985.

S. L. Goel, Public Personnel Administration, New Delhi, Sterling, 1984. A. Gouldner, Patterns of Industrial Bureaucracy, Glencoe, The Free Press, 1954. J. G. Jabbra and O. P. Dwivedi (eds.), Public Service Accountability: A Comparative

Perspective, West Hartford, Kumarian Press, 1998.

R. B. Jain (ed.), Public Services in a Democratic Context, New Delhi, IIPA, 1983. and H. B. Gartz (eds.), Structural Adjustment, Public Policy and Bureaucracy in

Developing Societies, New Delhi, Har Anand Publications, 1994.

and R. Khator, Bureaucracy-Citizen Interface: Conflict and Consensus, Delhi, B.R. Publishing, 1999. S. Krislov, Representative Bureaucracy, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1974. J. La Palombara (ed.), Bureaucracy and Political Development , Princeton NJ, Princeton University, Press, 1967.

Political Science

251

N. Lewis and P. Birkeshaw, When Citizens Complain: Reforming Justice and Administration, Buckingham, Open University Press, 1999. N. Lewis, The Citizens charter and Next Steps: A New way of Governing?

Political

Quarterly, 64 (3) July- September, 1993.

F. M. Marx, The Administrative State, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1957. R. K. Merton and et.al., (eds.), Readings in Bureaucracy, Glencoe, The Free Press, 1952. M. A. Muttalib, Democracy, Bureaucracy and Technocracy, New Delhi, Concept Publishing, 1980. A. D. Pant and S. K. Gupta (eds.), Bureaucracy, Development and Change, New Delhi, Segment, 1990. H. Parris, Staff Relation in the Civil Service: Fifty years of Whitleyism, London, George Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1973. J. M. Shafrit, et.al., Personnel Management in Government: Politics & Process, New York, Mercel Dekker, 1978. O. Glean Stahl, Public Personnel Administration, New York Harper and Bros., 1962. B. Stone, Administrative Accountability in the Westminister Democracies: Towards a new conceptual framework, Governance, 8 (4), Oct. 1995. D. Venkatachalam, Bureaucracy: An Evaluation and A Scheme of Accountability, New Delhi, APH Publishing, 1998. M. Weber, The Theory of Social and Economic Organization, Glencoe, The Free Press, 1947.

Political Science

252

M. A. OPTIONALS
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
1. International Organizations 2. International Law 3. Foreign Policy of Major Powers 4. Indias Foreign Policy 5. The Third World: Security and Developmental Dimensions 6. Human Rights: Problems and Prospects 7. Theory and Practice of Diplomacy 8. Politics of International Financial Institutions

Political Science

253

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
Paper I Course Rationale:
This paper studies the evolution and the development of international organizations from its inception till present times. It focusses on the problems that confront international organizations and constraints within which they function. An in-depth study of the structure and functioning of the United Nations needs to be undertaken and analyzed from the perspective of whether it has lived up to the expectations, hope and aspirations of its architects. In addition the shift from political and security considerations to social, economic and humanitarian concerns following the end of the Cold War and UNs role in facilitating these needs to be analyzed.

Course Content:
1. 2. The Nature and Evolution of International Organization International Organization: A hybrid of Nation State System and the International System 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. The League of Nations The United Nations: Structure and Functions Pacific Settlement of Disputes and Enforcement Action

Economic and Social Development Human Rights: Codification and Guarantees United Nations in the Post Cold War Era

Readings:
R. C. Angell, The Quest for World Order, Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1979. C. Archer, International Organization, New York, St. Martin Press, 1975. P. Baehr and L. Gordenker, The United Nations in the 1990s, London, Oxford University Press, 1992, , The United Nations: Reality and Ideal, London, Oxford University Press, 1989.

Political Science

254

Sir E. Barker, The Confederation of Nations, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1918. A. L. Bennett, International Organizations: Principles and Issues, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1977. G. Berridge, Return to the UN: UN Diplomacy in Regional Conflicts, Sussex, Wheatsheaf, 1991. S. J. R. Bilgrami, International Organization, New Delhi, Vikas 1977. J. L. Brierly, The Covenant and the Charter, Cambridge, The University Press, 1947. I. Claude, Swords into Ploughshares: The Problems and Progress of International Organization, New York, Random House, 1971. , Changing United Nations, New York, Random House, 1967. , Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1967. B. V. Cohen, The UN: Constitutional Developments, Growth and Possibilities, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1961. H. E. Davis, Pioneers in World Order, New York, Columbia University Press, 1944. L. M. Goodrich, United Nature in a Changed World, New York, Columbia University Press, 1974. , E. Hambro and A. P. Simons, Charter of the United Nations, 3rd edn., New York, Columbia University Press, 1969. S.S. Goodspeed, The Nature and Functions of International Organization, New York, Oxford University Press, 1967. H. K. Jacobson, Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the Global Political System, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1979. H. Kelsen, The Law of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1950. S. Kumar (ed.), The United Nations at 50: An Indian View, Delhi, UBSPD, 1995. W. H. Lewis (ed.), The Security Role of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1991. E. Luard, A History of the United Nations, London, Macmillan, 1989. , The Evolution of International Organization, London, Thames and Hudson, 1966.

Political Science

255

G. J. Mangone, A Short History of International Organization, New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1954. L. B. Miller, World Order and Local Disorder: The United Nations and International Conflict, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1967. H. J. Morgenthau (ed.), Peace, Security and the United Nations, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1946. H. G. Nicholas, The UN as a Political Institution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1975. L. Oppenheim, The League of Nations and its Problems, London, Longman, 1919, M. S. Rajan, India and the Making of the United Nations Charter, International Studies (New Delhi), 13, 3, July-Sept, 1973. (ed.), United Nations at Fifty and Beyond, New Delhi, Lancer Books, 1996. I. Rikhey, Strengthening UN Peacekeeping, London, Hurst and Co., 1993. A. Ross, The United Nations: Peace and Progress , Totowa NJ, Bedminster Press, 1966. K. P. Saxena, Reforming the United Nations: The Challenge and Relevance, New Delhi, Sage, 1993. J. Stoessinger, The United Nations and the Superpowers, New York, Random House, 1965. The United Nations in its Second Half Century, The Report of the Independent Working Croup on the Future of the United Nations, New York, Ford Foundation. The Stanley Foundations United Nations of the Next Decade 1997, Beyond Reform: the United Nations in a New Era. D. W. Wainhouse, Remnants of Empire: The United Nations and the End of Colonialism, New York, Harper and Row, 1964. F. P. A. Walters, A History of the League of Nations, Vols 2, New York, Oxford University Press, 1983. World Organization, A Balance Sheet of the First Great Experiment, Washington DC, American Council on Public Affairs, 1942. A. Yoder, Evolution of the UN System, New York, Random House, 1989. Sir A. E. Zimmern, The League of Nations and the Rule of Law, New York, Macmillan, 1939.

Political Science

256

INTERNATIONAL LAW
Paper II Course Rationale:
International law is usually defined as rules that govern the conduct of states in their relations with one another. It traces its origin and development to the contribution of Hugo Grotius. This paper studies the nature, content and the different aspects of international law pertaining to legal principles of recognition, jurisdiction, Law of sea, diplomatic immunities and privileges, treaty of obligation and crimes against humanity. The distinction between international law and what is termed as domestic jurisdiction of nation states needs to be explained and analyzed in order to understand the dynamics of international system and the relationship between nations.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. The Origins and Development of International Law Grotius Contributions The Nature and Content of International Law with reference to changing nature and different perspectives 4. 5. Codification and progressive development of International law International Legal Principles: Recognition, Equality, Jurisdiction, Law of Sea, Treaty Obligation, Diplomatic Immunities and Privileges 6. 7. 8. International law and economic development : Third World Concerns Crimes against Humanity and provisions of International law. The Limitations and Possibilities of International Law

Readings:
S. D. Bailey, Prohibitions and Restraints in War, London and New York, Oxford University Press, 1972. N. Bentwich, International Law, London, Royal Institute of International Affairs, 1945.

Political Science

257

J. L. Brierly, The Outlook for International Law, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1944. , The Law of Nations, 4th edn., Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1949. , The Basis of Obligation in International Law, London, Oxford University Press, 958. I. Brownlie, Principals of Public International Law, London, Oxford University Press, 1973. D. P. O. Connell, International Law, 20 Vols., London, Stevens, 1970. P. E. Corbett, Law and Society in the Relations of States, New York, Harcourt Brace, 1951. , Law and Diplomacy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1959. K. Deutsch and S. Hoffman (ed.), The Relevance of International Law, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1955. E. D. Dickinson, What is Wrong with International Law?, Berkeley, James J. Gillick and Company, 1947. , The Equality of States in International Law, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1920. I. J. Dore, International Law and Superpowers: Normative Order in a Divided World, L. Duguit, Law in the Modern State, New York, B. W. Huebsch, 1919. R. Falk, Legal Order in a Violent World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1968. , The Status of Law in the International Society, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971. C. G. Fenwick, International Law, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1939. W. Friedmann, The Changing Structure of International Law, New York, Columbia University Press, 1964. L. Henkin, How Nations Behave, New York, Praegar, 1968. R. Higgins, Development of International Law through the political Organizations of the United

Nations, 1963.
R. Hingham (ed.), Intervention or Abstention, Lexington Kentucky, The University Press of Kentucky, 1975.

Political Science

258

P. C. Jessup, Modern Law of Nations, New York, Macmillan, 1948. M. A. Kaplan and N. de B. Katzenbach, The Political Foundations of International Law, New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1961. G. W. Keeton, National Sovereignty and International Order, London, Peace Book Company, 1939. and G. Schwarzenberger, Making International Law Work , 2nd edn., London, Stevens and Sons Ltd., 1946. H. Kelsen, The Law of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1950. , Principles of International Law, New York, Rinehart and Co., 1952. , General Theory of Law and State, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1945. H. Lauterpacht, The Function of Law in the International Community, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1933. W. Levi, Law and Politics in the International Society, Beverly Hills California, Sage, 1975. J. Mattern, Concepts of State, Sovereignty and International Law, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1928. J. B. Moore, International Law and Some Current Illusions, New York, Macmillan, 1924. H. J. Morgenthau, Positivism, Functionalism and International Law, American Journal of

International Law, 34, April 1940.

W. V. O Brien, The Conduct of Just and Limited War, New York, Praeger, 1981. C. C. K. Okolie, International Law Perspective of the Developing Countries, 1973. L. Oppeheimer, International Law Vol. 1, 1969, Revised edn., Vol. II- 1953. H. B. Siago, New States and International Law, 1970. G. Schwarzenberger, International Law and Order, New York, Praeger, 1971. J. G. Starke, Introduction to International Law, London, Butterworths and Company Ltd., 1947. J. Stone, Legal Controls of International Conflict, New York, Rinehart and Company, 1954.

Political Science

259

, Aggression and World Order, Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1958. R. Vernon, Sovereignty at Bay, New York, Basic Books, 1971. C. de Visscher, Theory and Reality in Public International Law , Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. M. Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars , New York, Basic Books, 1977. Sir J. F. Williams, Aspects of Modern International Law, New York, Oxford University Press, 1939.

FOREIGN POLICY OF MAJOR POWERS

Paper III Course Rationale:
This paper provides a theoretical framework to the policies that major powers follow in world affairs. The paper provides a background to the problems of global governance and factors affecting them. The paper takes a detailed view of foreign policy pursued by the PermanentFive (P-5) countries as well as other nations like Germany and Japan, which due to their unique placement in world for influencing the global political, security and strategic affairs. This paper provides a complete overview of the foreign policies and helps in understanding and predicting the stance of the major powers of the world in contemporary politics and future.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Foreign Policy: Meaning and Determinants Major Approaches to the Study of Foreign Policy US Foreign Policy Foreign Policy of Britain and France Foreign Policy of USSR/Russia

Political Science

260

6. 7. 8.

Foreign Policy of China Foreign Policy of Germany and Japan Trends in the Foreign Policies of Major Powers

Readings:
R. J. Art and S. Brown (eds.), US Foreign Policy: The Search for a New Role, New York, Macmillan, 1993. G. Alpervitz, Atomic Diplomacy, New York, Vintage Books, 1967. J. W. Blaney (ed.), The Successor States to the USSR, Washington DC, CQ Press, 1995. D. Campbell, United States Foreign Policy and the Politics of Identity, Minneapolis, University of Minesota Press, 1992 G. Chan, Chinese Perspective on International Relations, New Zealand, Macmillan University Press, 1999. R. A. Cossa, Restructuring the US-Japan Alliance, Washington DC, CSIS Press, 1997. P. M. Cronin, From Globalism to Regionalism: New Perspective on US Foreign and Defence

Policies, Washington, National Defence University Press, 1993.

J. Dumbrell, American Foreign Policy: Carter to Clinton, London, Macmillan, 1997. J. B. Dunlop, The Rise of Russia and the Fall of the Soviet Empire, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1993. J. Dower, Japan in Peace and War, New York, New Press, 1994. F. R. Dulles, American Foreign Policy towards Communist China, New York, Crowell, 1972. H. J. Ellison, Japan and the Pacific Quadrille: The Major Powers in East Asia, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1987. J. Frankel, The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963. H. L. Gaddis, Strategies of Containment: A Critical Appraisal to Post War American National

Security Policy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1990.

Political Science

261

M. J. Green and P. M. Cronin (ed.), The US-Japan Alliance, New York, Council on Foreign Relations, 1999. L. Gutjahr, German Foreign and Defence Policy after Unification, New York, Pinter, 1994. R. N. Haas, Intervention: The Use of American Military Forces in the Post Cold War World, New York, Carnecle Endowment of International Peace, 1998. C. Hill, Changing Politics of Foreign Policy, Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001. S. W. Hook and J. Spanier, American Foreign Policy Since World War II, Washington DC, CQ Press, 2000. R. E. Kanet and A. V. Kozhemiakin, The Foreign Policy of Russian Federation, London, Macmillan, 1997. G. E. Kennan, American Diplomacy: 1900-1950, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1951. S. Larrabee, The Two German States and European Security, London, Macmillan, 1999. W. Lippmann, US Foreign Policy: Shield of the Republic, Boston, Little Brown, 1943. M. E. Malia, Russia under Western Eyes, Cambridge, Belknap Press, 1999. S. E. Mandelson, Changing Course, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1998. S. Masahide (ed.), Japan and the Asian Pacific Region, London, Croom Helm, 1984. H. J. Morgenthau, In Defense of the National Interest, New York, Knopf, 1951. R. G. Sutter, Shaping Chinas Future in World Affairs: The Role of the US, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1996. P. Zwick, Soviet Foreign Relations: Process and Policy, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1990.

Political Science

262

INDIAS FOREIGN POLICY

Paper IV Course Rationale:
Indias foreign policy reflects the philosophy of India as a sovereign democratic nation and the self-image and role she conceives for herself in the global policies. The focus of this paper is the theoretical perspective of the role of compulsion, constraints and conditions, which actually has framed the countrys foreign policy for the past five decades and on this basis considers the projections for the future. It also specifically focuses on the challenges of the contemporary times such as globalization, liberalization, cross border terrorism, human rights, environmental and gender concerns and the like and Indias stance pertaining to these issues.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. Foreign Policy: Meaning and major approaches to the study of foreign policy Principles and objectives of Indias foreign policy Domestic Determinants: Geography, history and culture, society and political system 4. 5. External determinants: global, regional and bilateral Structure of foreign policy decision making and continuity and changes in Indias foreign policy 6. 7. 8. Indias Foreign Policy in a comparative perspective Indias policy towards her Neighbours Indias approach to major global issues: Globalization, disarmament and arms control, cross border terrorism, environmental position, human rights.

Readings:
C. H. Alexandrowics (ed.), Indian Book of International Affairs, Madras University, Madras, 1952.

Political Science

263

A. Appadorai, Domestic Roots of Indias Foreign Policy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1981. , National Interest and Non-Alignment, New Delhi, Kalinga Publications, 1999. R. B. Babu, Globalization and South Asian States, New Delhi, South Asian Publishers, 1998. J. Bandhopadhyaya, The Making of Indias Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied, 1979. S. J. R. Bilgrami, India and the UN, New Delhi, Jamia, 1969. S. Bhattacharya, Pursuit of National Interest through Non-Alignment, Calcutta, University Press, 1978. R. Bradrock, India's Foreign Policy Since 1971, London, Royal Institute for International Affairs, 1990. H. W. Brands, India and the United States: The Cold Peace, Boston, Twayne Publishers, 1990. M. Brecher, India and World Affairs: Krishna Menons View of the World, New York, The Free Press, 1968. R. Chakravarthy, The Political Economy of Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied, 1983. S. Chopra (ed.), Studies in Indias Foreign Policy, Amritsar, Guru Nanak Dev University, 1980. G. W. Chowdhury, India, Pakistan, Bangla Desh and the Major Powers, New York, The Free Press, 1975. S. P. Cohen and R. L. Park, India: Emergent Power? New York, Crane, Russak and Co., 1978. A. K. Damodaran and U.S. Bajpai (eds.), India's Foreign Policy: The Indian Ocean-Indian

and American Perspectives, New York, Oxford University Press, 1989.

C. Dasgupta, War and Diplomacy in Kashmir: 1947-48, New Delhi, Sage, 2002. T. Das, India in World Politics, New York, Basic Books, 1932.

Political Science

264

V. P. Dutt, Indias Foreign Policy in a Changing World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1999. S. Ganguly, US Policy towards South Asia, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1990. M. Gopal, India as a World Power, New Delhi, Rajkalam Publications, 1948. K. Gupta, Indias Foreign Policy in Defence of National Interest, Calcutta, Allied, 1967. C. Hill, Changing Politics of Foreign Policy, Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001. N. Jetley, Indias Foreign Policy: Challenges and Prospects, New Delhi, Janaki Prakashan, 1985. N. K. Jha, Internal Crisis and Indira Gandhis Foreign Policy, New Delhi, Janaki Prakashan, 1985. , Domestic Imperatives in Indias Foreign Policy, New Delhi, South Asian Publishers, 2001. (ed.), Indias Foreign Policy in a Changing World , New Delhi, South Asian Publishers, 2000. S. S. Harrison and K. Subramanyan (eds.), Super Power Rivalry in the Indira Gandhi Years, New Delhi, Radiant, 1990. C. H. Heimsath and S. Mansingh, A Diplomatic History of Modern India, New Delhi, Allied, 1971. J. Hennessey, India and Pakistan in World Politics, London, K.H. Services, 1950 H. Kapur, Indias Foreign Policy: Shadow and Substance, New Delhi, Vikas, 1976. , Indias Foreign Policy: 1947-1993, New Delhi, Sage, 1994. K. P. Karunakaran, India in World Affairs, 1947-50, New Delhi, I.C.W.A., 1952. S. Kothari, Indias Emerging Foreign Policies, Bombay, Vora & Co., 1951. D. T. Lakadwala, International Aspects of Indias Economic Development, London, Oxford University Press, 1951. S. Mansingh, Indias Search for Power, New Delhi, Sage, 1985.

Political Science

265

(ed.), Indias Foreign Policy in the 21st Century, New Delhi, Foreign Policy Institute, 1999. K. S. Murthy, Indias Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Scientific Book Agency, 1954. B. R. Nanda, Indias Foreign Policy: The Nehru Years, Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1990. J. Nehru, Indias Foreign Policy: Selected Speeches, September 1946- April 1961, New Delhi, Publications Division Government of India, 1971. K. M. Pannikar, Asia and Western Dominance, London, Allen & Unwin, 1953. C. Parmeswaran, Nehrus Foreign Policy X-rayed, New Delhi, Connaught Circus, 1948. V. T. Patil and N.K. Jha (ed.), Peace and Cooperative Security in South Asia, New Delhi, PR Publications, 1999. K. R. Pillai, Indias Foreign Policy: Basic Issues and Political Attitudes, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1969. T. T. Poulouse, Perspectives of Indias Nuclear Policy, Delhi, Young Asia, 1978. B. Prasad, The Background of Indias Foreign Policy, New Delhi, AICC, 1953. , The Origins of Indias Foreign Policy: The Indian National Congress and World

Affairs 1885-1947, 2nd edn., Calcutta, Orient Longman, 1962.

, Origins of Indias Foreign Policy, Delhi, Vikas, 1979. , (ed.), Indias Foreign Policy: A Study in Continuity and Changes, New Delhi, Vikas, 1980. M. S. Rajan, Non-alignment and the Non-alignment Movement in the Present World Order, Delhi, Konark, 1994. N. V. Rajkumar, The Background of Indias Foreign Policy, New Delhi, AICC, 1953. A. P. Rana, Imperatives of Non-Alignment: A Conceptual Study of Indias Foreign Policy in

the Nehru Period, New Delhi, 1976.

Political Science

266

L. E. Rose and R. Sisson, War and Secession: Pakistan, India and the Creation of Bangla

Desh, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1990.

P. Sehadavan, Conflict and Peace Keeping in South Asia, New Delhi, Lancers Books, 2001. B. Sengupta, South Asian Perspectives: Seven Nations in Conflict and Cooperation, Delhi, BR Publications, 1988. T. Shan, India and China, New Delhi, I.C.W.A., 1952. P. Talbot (ed.), South Asia in the World Today, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1950. R. Thakur, Politics and Economics of Indias Foreign Policy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1993. S. Tharor, Political Development and Foreign Policy, New Delhi, Viaksa, 1982. T. K. Venkataraman, India and her Neighbours, New Delhi, Vora, M. Venkatarangiya, India in World Affairs: 1950-51, New Delhi, I.C.W.A., 1952.

THE THIRD WORLD IN THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM SECURITY & DEVELOPMENTAL DIMENSIONS
Paper V Course Rationale:
This paper offers to study the development strategies and the security dilemmas facing the countries of the Third World caught amidst the Modernization Syndrome. The emergence of the post-colonial new nations as part of the international community is one of the major developments of contemporary times. This paper analyzes the historical antecedents, the different developmental models and examines their success and failures in the context of the actual performance of last five decades. The complexity of North-South dependency and the challenges that have emerged as a result of the forces of globalization and liberalization needs to be explained and analyzed.

Political Science

267

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. 4. The Third World: A Conceptual Delineation Third World: Security Dilemmas and Disarmament Prospects Third World: The Development Strategies and their Evaluative Analysis Complex Dependency of North-South relationship - from New International Economic Order (NIEO) to WTO. 5. 6. 7. 8. The NICs- end of the Third World Thesis Problems of the Third World Solidarity; Group of 77 Nonalignment in the Post Cold War Era Third World changes and challenges in the context of Globalization.

Readings:
P. Aghin and J. Williamson, Growth Inequality and Globalization, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998. M. Albrow and E. King (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London, Sage, 1990. , The Global Age, Cambridge, Polity, 1996. A. Alesina, E. Spolaore and R. Wacziarg, Economic Integration and Political Disintegration, Working Paper 6163, Chicago, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1997. P. Allan and K. Goldman (eds.), The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff, 1992. J. Anderson, C. Brook and A. Cockrane (eds.), A Global World? Re-ordering Political Space, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995. J. N. Bhagwati, A Stream of Windows: Unsettling Reflections on Trade, Immigration, and

Democracy, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1998.

D. Blake and R. Walters, The Politics of Global Economic Relations, 5th edn., Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 2001.

Political Science

268

R. Burbach, O. Nnez and B. Kagatlitsky, Globalization and its Discontents: The Rise of

Postmodern Socialisms, London, Pluto, 1997.

P. Cammack, D. Pool and W. Tordoff, Third World Politics: A Comparative Introduction, 2nd edn., London, Macmillan, 1993. C. Clapham, Third World Politics: An Introduction, Beckenham, Croom Helm, 1985. R. Dalton and M. Wattenberg, Politics without Partisans: Political Change in Advanced

Industrial Democracies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000.

J. A. Ferguson, The Third World, in R. J. Vincent (ed.), Foreign Policy and Human Rights, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996. D. K. Fieldhouse, The West and the Third World: trade, Colonialism, Dependence and

Development, Oxford, Blackwell, 1999.

F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth Penguin, 1992. N. Harris, The End of the Third World: Newly Industrializing Countries and the Decline of

an Ideology, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1986.

P. Harrison, Inside the Third World, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1981. K. Hajdor, Dictionary of Third World Terms, London, Penguin, 1993. J. Haynes, Third World Politics: A Concise Introduction, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1996. D. Held, and D. Archibugi (eds.), Cosmopolitan Democracy: An Agenda for a New World

Order, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1995.

B. Hettne, Developmental Theory and the Three Worlds, Harlow, Longman, 1995. A. M. Hoogvelt, Globalization and the Post-colonial World: The New Political Economy of

Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997.

R. Inglehart, The Silent Revolution: Changing Values and Political Styles among Western

Publics, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1977.

M. Kamrava, Politics and Society in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1993.

Political Science

269

S. D. Krasner, Structural Conflict: The Third World against Global Liberalism. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1985. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, Harlow: Longman, 1991. J. Midgal, Strong Societies and Weak States, State-Society Relations and State Capabilities

in the Third World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.

A. L. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1995. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Buckingham, Open University Press, 1995. K. Ohmae, The Borderless World , New York, Harper Business, 1990. , The End of the Nation State: The Rise of Regional Economies, New York, The Free Press, 1995. (ed.), The Evolving Global Economy: Making Sense of the New World Order, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 1985. R. Packenham, The Dependency Movement: Scholarship and Politics in Dependency Studies, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1992. C. Payet, The Debt Trap: The IMP and the Third World, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1974. A. Pourgerami, Development and Democracy in the Third World, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1991. M. S. Rajan, Non-alignment and the Non-alignment Movement in the Present World Order, Delhi, Konark, 1994. V. Randall and R. Theobald, Political Change and Underdevelopment: A Critical Introduction to Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1985. W. Rodney, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, London, Bogle l Ouverture, 1972. B. Smith, Understanding Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1996. R. Slater, B. Schutz and S. Dorr (eds.), Global Transformation and the Third World, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993.

Political Science

270

M. P. Tadaro, Economic Development in the Third World, 5th edn., New York, Longman, 1994. F. B. Tipton, The Rise of Asia: Economics, Society and Politics in Contemporary Asia , Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998. M. Waters, Globalization, 2nd edn., London, Routledge, 2000.

HUMAN RIGHTS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS

Paper VI Course Rationale:
Human Rights have acquired a new significance since the end of Second World War in shaping the relations between countries. The United Nations Declaration of Human Rights has given these rights a new meaning and significance. Since then, there has been concerted effort to protect and guarantee these rights. The paper is about the problems of world community in giving effect to these rights in light of different social, economic and cultural backgrounds of the individual countries. It highlights the recent East Asian perspective to the understanding of Human Rights and the link often established between trade and human rights.

Course Content:
1. 2. 3. Concept of Human Rights: Historical Development Human Rights: One or Many The Internationalization of Human Rights- the evolving inter-governmental institutional structure 4. 5. 6. Human Rights and the United Nations: Charter Provisions Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Various other Conventions International Protection of Human Rights: Civil, Political, Social and Economic Rights

Political Science

271

7. 8.

Collective Rights: The Right of Self Determination Problems and Prospects

Readings:
G. Alfredsson, et.al., (eds.), The University Declaration of Human Rights, A Commentary,

Oslo, Scandinavian University Press, 1992.

and A. de Zayas, Alfred, Minority Rights: Protection by the United Nations, HRLJ, Volume 14, Numbers 1-2, 1993. and G. Melander, A Compilation of Minority Rights Standards: A Selection of Texts

from International and Regional Human Rights Instruments and other Documents, Lund, Raoul
Wallenberg Institute of Human Rights and Humanitarian Law, Report Number 24, 1997. P. Alston, Making and Breaking Human Rights. The UNs Specialized Agencies and Implementation of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights,

Working Papers, Number 1, London, Anti-Slavery Society, 1979.

, The United Nations and Human Rights: A Critical Appraisal, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1995. J. A. Andrews (ed.), Human Rights in Criminal Procedure, A Comparative Study, The Hague, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1982. A. A. An-Naim (ed.), Human Rights in Cross-Cultural Perspectives, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1991. D. Beetham (ed.), Politics and Human Rights, Oxford, Blackwell, 1995. T. V. Boven, The United Nations and Human Rights: A Critical Appraisal, Bulletin of Peace

Proposals, No.3, 1977.

I. Brownlie (ed.), Basic Documents on Human Rights, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1992. T. Buergenthal, International Human Rights in a Nutshell, St. Paul Minnesota, West Publishing Company, 1995. and L. B. Sohn, International Protection of Human Rights, Indianapolis, The BobbsMerrill Company, 1973.

Political Science

272

M. M. J. Chan, The Rights to a Nationality as a Human Rights, HRLJ, Volume 12, 1991. I. Claude, National Minorities - an International Problem, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1955. S. Davidson, Human Rights, Buckingham and Philadelphia, Open University Press, 1992. J. Donnelly, The Concept of Human Rights, London, Croom Helm, 1985. A. Eide and H. Bernt, Human Rights in Perspective: A Global Assessment , London, Blackwell, 1992. T. Evans, The Politics of Human Rights: A Global Perspective, London, Pluto Press, 2001. T. J. Farer and F. Gaer, The United Nations and Human Rights: At the End of the Beginning in A. Roberts and B. Kingburg (eds.), United Nations, Divided World: The UNs

Role in International Relations, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1993.

A. Fouad, Human Rights and World Order Politics, Alternatives, 5, 3, 1978. A. Gewirth, Human Rights: Essays on Justification and Applications, Chicago and London, University of Chicago Press, 1982. J. F. Green, The United Nations and Human Rights , Washington DC, The Brookings Institution, 1956. E. B. Haas, Human Rights and International Action: The Case of Freedom of Action , Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1970. L. Henkin (ed.), The International Bill of Rights, The Covenants on Civil and Political Rights, New York, Columbia University Press, 1981. ICJ, Implementation of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Culttural Rights: ECOSOC Working Group, ICJ Review, Number 27, 1981. M. Ignatieff, Human Rights as Politics and Idolatory, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 2001. F. G. Jacobs, and R. C. A. White, The European Convention on Human Rights , Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1996. T. D. Jones, Human Rights, Group Defamation, Freedom of Expression and the Law of

Nations, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, Kluwer Law International, 1998.

Political Science

273

K. Krause and W. A. Kright (eds.), Society and UN System: Changing Perspectives on

Multilateralism, Tokyo, UN University Press, 1995.

A. C. Kiss, Permissible Limitations on Rights in Louis Henkin (ed.), The International Bill

of Rights, The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, New York, Columbia University Press,
1981. R. Lillich and F. Newman, International Human Rights: Problems of Law and Policy, Law School Case Book Series, Boston, Little Brown, 1979. A. I. Melden (ed.), Human Rights, Belmont California, Wadsworth, 1970. T. Meron (ed.), Human Rights in International Law, Legal and Policy Issues, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984. G. A. Mower, International Cooperation for Social Justice: Global and Regional Protection

of Economic/Social Rights, London, Greenwood Press, 1985.

D. P. Moynihan, The Politics of Human Rights, Commentary, 63, 4, April,1977. J. W. Nicke, Making Sense of Human Rights: Philosophical Reflections on the Universal

Declaration of Human Rights, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1987.

M. Nowak, U.N. Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, CCPR Commentary, Kehl am Rhein, N.P. Engel, 1993. B. G. Ramcharan (ed.), Human Rights Thirty years After the Universal Declaration, The Hague, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1979. R. A. Ralk, Comparative Protection of Human Rights in Capitalist, Socialist and Third World Countries, Universal Human Rights, 1, April- June, 1969. A. Rosad and J. Helgsen (eds.), Human Rights in a Changing East-West Perspective , London and New York, Pinter Publishers, 1990. A. Rosas and J. Helgesen (eds.), The Strength of Diversity: Human Rights and Pluralist

Democracy, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1992.

N. Robinson, The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, New York, Institute of Jewish Affairs, 1958.

Political Science

274

K. P. Saksena (ed.), Human Rights: Fifty Years of India's Independence, Delhi, Gyan, 1999. L. Sermet, The European Convention on Human Rights and Property Rights, Document H. (90) 2, 10 May 1990, Strasbourg, Council of Europe, 1990. P. Sieghart, The International Law of Human Rights, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1983. SIM Special Publication Number 18: The Right to Complain about Economic, Social and

Cultural Rights, 1995.

S. Subramanian, Human Rights: International Challenges, Delhi, Manas, 1997. P. Thornberry, International Law and the Rights of Minorities, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1991. R. Tuck, Natural Rights Theories, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979. UNESCO (ed.), Human Rights, Comments and Interpretations , with an Introduction by Jacques Maritain, London and New York, Alan Wingatet, 1949. van D. Pieter and van G.J.H. Hoof, Theory and Practice of the European Convention on

Human Rights, 2nd edn., Deventer, Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 1990.
J. J. Waldron (ed.), Theories of Rights, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF DIPLOMACY

Paper VII Course Rationale:
This paper offers to study the origins of diplomacy and how it can mediate estrangement successfully if engaged in skillfully. It provides a definitional and conceptual understanding of the term Diplomacy and its use as an instrument to further, and enhance national policy. It elaborates on the successful handling of diplomacy in securing and protecting national interest. It examines the changes in styles of diplomacy. The thrust of this paper lies in the understanding contemporary developments in theory and practice of diplomacy. It emphasizes on the importance of diplomacy in securing bilateral and multilateral relations and power sharing among nations.

Political Science

275

Course Content:
1. Diplomacy and International Relations Theory 2. A definitional and conceptual understanding of diplomacy 3. The Historical Evolution of Diplomatic Practice 4. Diplomacy as an Instrument of National Policy 5. Cold War Diplomacy between the two Superpowers 6. Negotiating Strategies of Different Countries 7. Open Diplomacy Countries 8. Issues in Contemporary Diplomacy

Readings:
American Academy of Political and Social Science, Instruction in Diplomacy: The Liberal Arts Approach, 1972. K. Antaloiev, Modern Diplomacy: Principles, Documents, People, Moscow, Novosti Press Agency Publishing House, 1972. R. Aron, Peace and War: A Theory of International Relations, edited and translated by R. Howard and A. B. Fox, New York, Doubleday, 1966. C. Beard, The Idea of National Interest, New York, Macmillan, 1934. K. Boulding, National Images and International Systems, in J. M. Rosenau, International

Politics and Foreign Policy, New York, The Free Press, 1961.
M. Brecher, B. Steinberg, and J. Stein, A Framework of Research on Foreign Policy Behavior, Journal of Conflict Resolution, 1, 1969. J. W. Burton, Systems, States, Diplomacy and Rules, London, Cambridge University Press, 1968. Sir D. Busk, The Craft of Diplomacy: How to Run a Diplomatic Service, New York, Praeger, 1967. I. Claude, Swords into Ploswhares, 2nd edn., New York, Random House, 1959.

Political Science

276

G. A. Craig and F. Gilbert (eds.), Force and Statecraft, New York, Oxford University Press, 1963. K. Deutsch, et al., Political Community and North Atlantic Area: International Organization in the Light of Historical Experience, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1957. J. Dougherty, and R. Pfaltzgraff, Contending Theories of International Relations, Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1974. T. M. Franck and E. Weisband, World Politics: Verbal Strategy among the Superpowers, New York, Oxford University Press, 1972. G. H. Fisher, Public Diplomacy and the Behavioral Sciences, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1972. R. Fisher and W. Ury, Getting to Yes: Negotiating Agreement without Giving in, Boston, Houghton Miffin Co., 1981. R. L. Friedheim, The Satisfied and Dissatisfied States Negotiate International Law, in L. B. Miller (ed.), Dynamics of World Politics, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968. C. J. Friedrich, Diplomacy and the Study of International Relations, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1919. J. Galtung, A Structural Theory of Aggression, Journal of Peace Research 2, 1964. , Peace Research: Science or Politics in Disguise , Oslo PRIO Publication 23-6-1967. L. Gerber, The Diplomacy of Private Enterprise, Cape Town, Purnell, 1973. D. L. S. Hamlin, Diplomacy in Evolution, Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1961. Sir W. Hayter, The Diplomacy of the Great Powers, New York, Macmillan, 1961. Sir M. Howard, Studies in War and Peace, New York, Viking, 1971. F. C. Ikle, How Nations Negotiate, New York, Praeger, 1967. H. Kissinger, Diplomacy, New York, Simon and Schuster, 1994. W. B. Macomber, The Angles Game: A Handbook of Modern Diplomacy, New York, Stein and Day, 1975.

Political Science

277

Diplomacy for the 70s: A Program of the Management for the Department of State, Washington DC, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1970 G. Modelski, The Worlds Foreign Ministers: A Political Elite, Journal of Conflict Resolution 14, No.2, 1970. G. K. Mookerjee, Diplomacy: Theory and History, New Delhi, Trimurti Publications, 1973. H. G. Nicolson, Diplomacy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963. , The Evolution of Diplomatic Method, London, Constable, 1954. J. S. Nye, Peace in Parts: Integration and Conflict to Regional Organization. Boston, Little Brown, 1971. L. B. Pearson, Diplomacy in a Nuclear Age, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1959. L. B. Poullada, Diplomacy: The Missing Link in the Study of International Politics, in David S.McLellan et al.(eds.), The Theory and Practice of International Relations , Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1974. S. Reinsch, Secret Diplomacy, New York, Harcourt Brace, 1922. C. Roetter, The Diplomatic Art: An Informal History of World Democracy, Philadelpia, Macrae Smith, 1963. B. Russett, and W. Lamb, Global Patterns of Diplomatic Exchange 1963-64, Journal of

Peace Research 1, 1969.

E. M. Satow, A Guide to Diplomatic Practice, revised 2nd edn., London, Longmans Green, 1922. H. Trevalyan, Diplomatic Channels, Boston, Gambit, 1973. A. Watson, Diplomacy, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1983. E. L. Woodward The Old and the New Diplomacy, The Yale Review, 36, No.3, Spring 1947. G. Young, Diplomacy Old and New, London, Swarthmore Press, 1921. I. Zartman and M.R. Berman, The Practical Negotiator, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1982.

Political Science

278

POLITICS OF INTERNATIOAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Paper VIII Course Rationale:
In the post Second World War period the reconstruction and development of the world posed a great problem thus giving rise through the Bretton Woods Agreement to the twin organizations of the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund. This paper deals with the role, functions, importance and the need rendered by these institutions. It critically assesses the structure and organization of these institutions and their role in economic development. It assesses the success and failure of these institutions in achieving their objectives. In view of globalization how important are these institutions and their functions Needs to be critically analyzed.

Course Content:
1. 2. International Financial Arrangement before the Second World War The Evolution of International Financial Institutions: The Post War Bretton Woods System. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. The Impact of the Second World War and the post War reconstruction The World Bank: Structure and Development Activities The International Monetary Fund: Structure and Operational Review Regional Development Banks: Evolution, Role and Functions International Finance and Development in the Third World: A Balance Sheet Future Prospects

Readings:
D. N. Balaam and M. Veseth (eds.), Readings in International Political Economy, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1996. E. A. Brett, The World Economy Since the War: The Politics of Uneven Development , Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1985.

Political Science

279

Bretton Woods Commission, Bretton Woods: Looking to the Future, Washington DC, Bretton Woods Commission, 1994. R. Burbach, O. Nez and B. Kagarlitsky, Globalization and Its Discontents: The Rise of Postmodern Socialisms, London, Pluto, 1997. M. Carnoy, M. Castells, M. Cohen and F.H. Cardoso (eds.), The New Global Economy in the Information Age: Reflections on our Changing World, University park PA, Pennslyvania State University Press, 1993. M. Castells, The Rise of the Network Society, Oxford, Blackwell, 1996. H. Chox, J. Clegg, J. Letto and G. Gillines (eds.), The Growth of Global Business, London, Routledge, 1993. P. Dicken, Global Shift: The Internationalization of Economic Activity, London, Paul Chapman, 1992. J. Dreze and A. Sen, Hunger and Public Action, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1989. P. Drucker, The New Realities, Oxford, Heinemann, 1989. H. H. Dunning, The Globalization of Business, London, Routledge, 1993a. , Multinational Enterprises in a Global Economy , Wokingham Surrey, AddisonWesley, 1993b. T. Elgar and C. Smith (eds.), Global Japanization: The Transnational Transformation of the

Labour Process, London, Routledge, 1994.

R. N. Gardner, Sterling-Dollar Diplomacy in Current Perspective: The Origins and Prospects

of our International Economic Order, revised edn., New York, Oxford University Press, 1980.
A. Gerschenkron, Economic Backwardness in Historical Perspective, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1966. F. Halliday, Rethinking International Relations, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994. N. Harris, Of Bread and Guns: The World Economy in Crisis, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1983. J. Henderson and M. Castells (eds.), Global Restructuring and Territorial Development, London, Sage, 1987.

T. Hewitt, H. Johnson and D. Wield (eds.), Industrialization and Development, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1992. N. Hirschman, National power and the Structure of Foreign Trade, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1981. P. Hirst and G. Thompson, Globalization in Question: The International Economy and the Possibilities of Governance, Cambridge, Polity, 1996. A. M. Hoogvelt, Globalization and the Post Colonial World: The New Political Economy of Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997. H. James, International Monetary Cooperation since Bretton Woodds, Washington DC, IMF and Oxford University Press, 1982. R. O Brien, Global Financial Integration: The End of Geography, London, Printer, 1991. C. Payet, The World Bank: A Critical Analysis, New York and London, Monthly Review Press, 1982. R. Peet (ed.), International Capitalism and Industrial Restructuring, London, Allen and Unwin, 1987. R. Solomon, The International Monetary System 1945-81, revised edn., New York, Harper and Row, 1982. G. Soros, The Crisis of Global Capitalism, London, Little Brown, 1998. B. Stallings (ed.), Global Change, Regional Response: the New International Context od Development, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1995. S. Strange, Casino Capitalism, Oxford, Blackwell, 1986. , The Retreat of the State: The Diffusion of Power in the World Economy , Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1992. , From Bretton Woods to the Casino Economy, in S. Corbridge, R. Martin and N. Thrift (eds.), Money, Power and Space, Oxford, Blackwell, 1994. I. Wallerstein, The Modern World System, New York, Academic Press, 1974. World Bank, Development Report, Washington DC, World Bank, 1996.

PREFACE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The UGCs project for model curricula is a welcome move and the present one is made on the basis of the past efforts in this direction. In this context the starting point was the Report on Curriculum Development in Political Science coordinated by Prof. A. P. Rana in June 1990 and sponsored by the UGC. The present Chairman Dr. Hari Gautam also gave important guidelines like the need to incorporate Indian achievements and these have been incorporated. The BA Pass Course is provided with two models: (1) with three courses, one for each year and (2) with five courses to be distributed along with other requirements of particular Centres of higher learning. The BA Honours Course is modelled in a yearly pattern with seven compulsory papers and one optional paper out of four choices for the final year. The MA Course is based on a semester system, 1 and 2 for MA Previous and 3 and 4 for MA Final. All the eight papers for MA Previous with 4 + 4 are compulsory papers whereas two courses are compulsory for MA Final to be offered one in each semester. For the rest the choice is 6 out of 8 papers in the major areas of Political Science, i.e., Political Theory, Comparative Politics, Indian Politics, Public Administration and International Relations. The compulsory papers have 10 units and the optional papers have 8 units. This is done to provide rough parity between the different segments of the model curricula. The Committee hopes that this model curriculams in Political Science will be helpful in framing courses in various Universities and autonomous Colleges. In preparing this model curriculams I have incurred many debts. Dr. Hari Gautam, Chairman UGC has been extremely helpful in facilitating the work of the Committee. Dr. Vijay Govind, Secretary, Curriculum Development Committee on Political Science and Public Administration went out of his way to help me and the Committee members and I am indeed extremely thankful to him. The Core Committee Members- Prof. S.J.R. Bilgrami, Prof. Rafeek Ahmed, Prof. R. N. Pal, Prof. M.M. Sankhdher and Prof. Iailias Dogra provided valuable assistance and without their painstaking efforts it would have been impossible to undertake a project of this magnitude The final review of the model curricula was done by a committee consisting of Prof. M.M. Sankhdher, Prof. Ramakant, Prof. Chandrakala Padiya and Prof. Subrata Mukherjee, Mr. Rajesh Jha, Lecturer in Political Science, College of Vocational Studies, New Delhi, Dr. P. K. Mishra, Reader in Political Science, Ram Lal Anand College, New Delhi, Dr. Sushila Ramaswamy, Reader in Political Science, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi and Dr. O. P. Sharma, Reader in Political Science, Bhagat Singh College, New Delhi helped me in compiling the bibliography and in preparing the manuscript. Dr. Renu Batra, who succeeded Dr. Vijay Govind as the Secretary of the Curriculum Development, has been equally encouraging and cooperative. However, I am alone responsible for all the shortcomings and lapses.

Prof. Subrata Mukherjee Nodal Person Curriculum Development Committee in Political Science University Grants Commission New Delhi

CONTENTS

S.No.

Particulars

Page No.

Preface and Acknowledgements ................................................................................................ 3 1. 2. 3. 4. BA Pass ........................................................................................................................ 5 BA Honours ................................................................................................................. 27 MA Compulsory ........................................................................................................... 79 MA Optionals a) b) c) d) e) Political Theory ............................................................................................... 127 Comparative Politics ....................................................................................... 159 Indian Politics .................................................................................................. 193 Public Administration ...................................................................................... 225 International Relations .................................................................................... 251

UGC PROJECT
FOR A MODEL CURRICULA IN

POLITICAL SCIENCE

2002